EPA 440/1-74/18
       Development Document for
 Proposed Effluent Limitations Guidelines
 and New Source Performance Standards
                for the


    SOAP and DETERGENT
            Manufacturing
         Point Source Category
   UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

               DECEMBER 1973

-------
              DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT

                       for

    PROPOSED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES

                       and

        NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
        SOAP AND DETERGENT MANUFACTURING
             POINT SOURCE CATEGORY
                Russell E.  Train
                 Administrator

                Robert L.  Sansom
Assistant Administrator for Air & Water Programs
                  Allen Cywin
     Director, Effluent Guidelines Division

                Richard T.  Gregg
                Project Officer
                December,  1973

          Effluent Guidelines Division
        Office of Air and Water Programs
      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
             Washington, D.C.  20460

-------
                                ABSTRACT


This document presents the findings cf an extensive study  of  the  soap
and  detergent manufacturing industry by Colin A. Houston and Associates
for the Environmental Protection Agency for the  purpose  of  developing
effluent  limitations  guidelines, Federal standards of performance, and
pretreatment standards for the industry to implement Sections  304,  306
and 307 of the Federal water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972.

Effluent  limitations guidelines recommended herein set forth the degree
of effluent reduction attainable through the  application  of  the  best
practicable  control  technology  currently  available and the degree of
effluent reduction attainable through application of the best  available
technology  economically  achievable  which must be achieved by existing
point sources by July 1, 1977, and  July  1,  1983,  respectively.   The
Standards  of  Performance  for  new  sources recommended herein set the
degree of effluent reduction which is achievable through application  of
the best available demonstrated control technology, processes, operating
methods, or other alternatives.

The  development  of  data and recommendations in the document relate to
the nineteen subcategories into which the industry was  divided  on  the
basis   of  raw  waste  loads  and  appropriate  control  and  treatment
technology.   Separate  effluent  limitations  are  proposed  for   each
subcategory  on  the  basis  of  raw  waste load control and end-of-pipe
treatment achievable by suggested model systems.

Supportive data and rationales for development of the proposed  effluent
limitations  guidelines  and  standards  of performance are contained in
this report.  Potential approaches for achieving the limitations  levels
and their associated costs are discussed.
                                 iii

-------
                       CONTENTS


Section

I              CONCLUSIONS

                 General                                          1
                 Categorization                                   2
                 History and Source of Data                       3
                 Integrated Plants                                3
                 Potential Developments                           4

II             RECOMMENDATIONS                                    5

III            INTRODUCTION                                      11

                 Purpose and Authority                           11
                 Limitations Guidelines and Standards
                  of Performance
                 General Description of the Industry             13
                   Historical                                     13
                   Companies and Markets                         14
                   Industrial  Cleaning Compounds                 16
                   Sales and Production                          16
                   Physical Plant                                16
                   Trade Practices                               17
                   Industry Problems                             17
                   Future Trends                                 18
                 Soap Process  Descriptions                        18
                   Soap Manufacture by Batch Kettle              18
                   Fatty Acid  Manufacture by Fat Splitting       23
                   Soap From Fatty Acid Neutralization           23
                   Glycerine Recovery                            26
                   Soap Flakes and Powders                        28
                   Bar Soap                                      30
                   Liquid Soap                                   32
                 Detergent Process Descriptions                   34
                   Oleum Sulfonation/Sulfation                    35
                   Air-S03 Sulfation/Sulfonation                 35
                   SO^ Solvent and Vacuum Sulfonation            38
                   Sulfamic Acid Sulfation                        38
                   Chlorosulfonic Acid Sulfation                 38
                   Neutralization of Sulfuric Acid  Esters         38
                     and Sulfonic Acids
                   Spray Dried Detergents                        43
                   Liquid Detergents                             45
                   Dry Detergent Blending                        45
                   Drum Dried  Detergents                         48
                   Detergent Bars and Cakes                      48
                 Formulations                                     51
                                   iv

-------
Section

IV             INDUSTRY CATEGORIZATION

                 Introduction                                    55
                 Categorization                                  56

V              WASTE CHARACTERIZATION                            59

                 Introduction                                    59
                 Soap Manufacture by Batch Kettle                59
                 Fatty Acids by Fat Splitting                    60
                 Soap by Fatty Acid Neutralization               62
                 Glycerine Recovery                              62
                 Soap Flakes and Powders                         63
                 Bar Soaps                                       64
                 Liquid Soaps                                    64
                 Oleum Sulfonation and Sulfation                 65
                 Air-S03^ Sulfonation and Sulfation               66
                 SOS Solvent and Vacuum Sulfonation              66
                 SuTfamic Acid Sulfation                         67
                 Chlorosulfonic Acid Sulfation                   68
                 Neutralization of Sulfuric Acid Esters          68
                  and Sulfonic Acids
                 Spray Dried Detergents                          69
                 Liquid Detergent Manufacture                    70
                 Detergent Manufacturing by Dry Blending         72
                 Drum Dried Detergents                           72
                 Detergent Bars and Cakes                        72

VI             POLLUTANT PARAMETERS                              75

                 Introduction                                    75
                 Control Parameter Recommendations               75
                   Biochemical Oxygen Demand                     75
                 Chemical Oxygen Demand                          76
                   Suspended Solids                              76
                   Surfactants (MBAS)                            76
                   Oil and Grease                                76
                   pH                                            77
                 Parameters Omitted                              77
                   Nitrogen                                      77
                   Phosphorus and Boron                          77
                 Scope of Parameter Measurements -               77
                  By Process
                   Soap Manufacture by Batch  Kettle              78
                   Fatty Acids by Fat Splitting                  78
                   Soap by Fatty Acid Neutralization             78
                   Glycerine Recovery                            79
                   Soap Flakes and Powders                       79
                   Bar Soaps                                     79
                   .Liquid Soap                                   79

-------
Section                                                         Page

                   Oleum Sulfonation and Sulfation                80
                   Air-S03_ Sulfation and Sulfonation              80
                   503^ Solvent and Vacuum Sulfonation             80
                   Sulfamic Acid Sulfation                        80
                   Neutralization of Sulfuric Acid Esters         81
                    and Sulfonic Acids
                   Spray Dried Detergents                         81
                   Liquid Detergents                              82
                   Dry Detergent Blending                         82
                   Drum Dried Detergents                          82
                   Detergent Bars and Cakes                       82
                   Industrial Cleaners                            82

VII              CONTROL AND TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY                 85

                   Introduction                                   85
                   Nature of Pollutants                           86
                   Discussion of Treatment Techniques             87
                     Oil and Grease Removal                       87
                     Coagulation and Sedimentation                90
                     Byconversion Systems                        90
                     Carbon Absorption Systems                    90
                     Filtration for Removal of Suspended          90
                      Solids
                     Dissolved Solids Removal                     90
                     Other Treatment Technique Considerations     91
                   Special Operational Aspects of Control         92
                     Technology
                   Solid Waste Generation Associated with         95
                     Treatment Technology

VIII             COST, ENERGY AND NONWATER QUALITY ASPECTS        97

                   In-Plant Control                               97
                     Impurities Removal                           98
                     By-product/Degradation Product Control       99
                     Dilute Product from Cleanouts, Leaks         99
                       and Spills
                   End-of-Pipe Treatment                         100
                   Energy Requirements                           105
                   Nonwater Quality Aspects                      105
                   Implementation of Treatment Plans             105

IX               BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY             109
                   CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

                   Introduction                                  109
                   Soap Manufacture by Batch Kettle              110
                   Fatty Acid Manufacture by Fat Splitting       112
                   Fatty Acid Hydrogenation                      115
                   Soap from Fatty Acid Neutralization           117
                   Glycerine Recovery                            118
                   Soap Flake and Powders                        121
                                  VI

-------
Section                                                         Page

                   Bar Soaps                                     122
                   Liquid                                        123
                   Oleum Sulfonation and Sulfation               124
                   Air-S03_ Sulfation and Sulfonation             126
                   SOS Solvent and Vacuum Sulfonation            127
                   SuTfamic Acid Sulfation                       128
                   Chlorosulfonic Acid Sulfation                 130
                   Neutralization of Sulfuric Acid Esters        131
                     and Sulfonic Acids
                   Spray Dried Detergents                        207
                   Liquid Detergent Manufacture                  136
                   Dry Detergent Blending                        138
                   Drum Dried Detergents                         139
                   Detergent Bars and Cakes                      140

X                BEST CONTROL TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY            143
                   ACHIEVABLE

                   Introduction                                  143
                   Modified Soap Manufacture by Batch Kettle     145
                   Fatty Acid Manufacture by Fat Splitting       145
                   Glycerine Recovery and Concentration          149
                   Bar Soaps                                     149
                   Air-S03_ Sulfation and Sulfonation             152
                   S03^ Solvent and Vacuum Sulfonation            155
                   Sulfamic Acid Sulfation                       155
                   Chlorosulfonic Acid Sulfation                 155
                   Spray Dried Detergents                        156
                   Liquid Detergents                             156
                   Detergent Bars and Cakes                      156

XI               NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS                159
                   AND PRETREATMENT STANDARDS

                   Introduction                                  159
                   Soap Manufacture by Batch Kettle              161
                   Soap from Fatty Acid Neutralization           162
                   Bar Soap - Drying                             163
                   Solvent Process for Soap Manufacture          163
                   Oleum Sulfation and Sulfonation               164
                   Air-S03_ Sulfation and Sulfonation             164
                   Pretreatment Requirements                     165
                     Fats and Oils                               173
                     Fats and Oils - Detergent Plants            173
                     Zinc                                        174
                     Industrial Cleaners                         174

XII              ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS                                175

XIII             REFERENCES                                      177

XIV              GLOSSARY                                        183
                                  Vll

-------
                                 TABLES
Number                                                          Page

1          Summary Value of Shipments at Manufacturers             15
           Level Soaps and Detergents SIC 2841

2          Treatment Methods Used in Elimination of Pollutants    88

3          Relative Efficiency of Several Methods Used            89
           in Removing Pollutants

4          Range of Water Use by Process                          97

5          Cost and Energy Requirements Associated with          101
           Various Treatment Methods

6          Cost of Sludge Conditioning and Disposal Operations   107

7-1        Best Available Technology Economically Achievable     143
           Guidelines Reflecting No Change From Best Prac-
           ticable Control Technology Currently Available

7-2        Best Available Technology Economically Achievable     144
           Guidelines Reflecting Changes From Best Prac-
           ticable Control Technology Currently Available

8          New Source Performance Standards Guidelines           160
                                 Vlll

-------
                                FIGURES
Number                           Title                          Page
1          Soap Manufacture by Batch Kettle                       19
2          Soap Making                                            22
3          Fatty Acid Manufacture by Fat Splitting                24
4          Soap From Fatty Acid Neutralization                    25
5          Glycerine Recovery                                     27
6          Soap Flakes and Powders                                29
7          Bar Soaps                                              31
8          Liquid Soap Processing                                 33
9          Oleum Sulfation and Sulfonation                        36
           (Batch and Continuous)
10         Air-S03^ Sulfation and Sulfonation                      37
           (Batch and Continuous)
11         S03^ Solvent and Vacuum Sulfonation                     39
12         Sulfamic Acid Sulfation                                40
13         Chlorosulfonic Acid Sulfation                          41
14         Neutralization of Sulfuric Acid Esters                 42
           and Sulfonic Acids
                                   IX

-------
Number                           Title                          Page
15         Spray Dried Detergents                                 44
16         Liquid Detergent Manufacture                           46
17         Detergent Manufacture by Dry Blending                  47
18         Drum Dried Detergent                                   49
19         Detergent Bars and Cakes                               50
20         Composite Flow Sheet Waste Treatment                   93
           Soap and Detergent Industry
21         Sludge Solids Handling Soap and Detergent Industry     94
22         Waste Water Sources in^Soap Manufacture               110
23         Fat Splitting                                         112
24         Fats Recovery System                                  114
25         Glycerine Concentration                               119
26         Soap Manufacture by Batch Kettle: Modified            146
27         Modified: Fatty Acid Manufacture by Fat Splitting     147
28         Fatty Acids Manufacture: Hydrogenation Step,          148
           If Carried Out

-------
Number                           Title                          Page
29         Glycerine Recovery                                    150
30         Concentration of 80% Glycerine to 99.5%               151
31         Continuous Detergent Slurry Processing Plant          166
           High-Active Alkylate Sulfonation with Oleum
32         Continuous Detergent Slurry Processing Plant          167
           Fatty Alcohol Sulfation with Oleum
33         Soap Manufacture by Continuous Saponification         168
34         Soap by Continuous Fatty Acid Neutralization          169
           and Neat Soap Drying:  For Bar Soaps
35         Combined Processes S0_3_ Sulfonation/Sulfation-         170
           Continuous and Neutralization of Sulfonic or
           Alkyl Sulfuric Acid Processes-Continuous
36         Fatty Alcohol Sulfation: With S03_                     171
37         Alpha-Olefin Sulfonation with S03                     172
                                  XI

-------
                               SECTION I

                              CONCLUSIONS

General

The  manufacturing  of soaps and synthetic detergents represents a minor
source of water  pollution.   The  industry  uses  approximately  15,160
million  liters  a  year (or 4 billion gallons a year) as process water.
The pollutants emanating  from  its  plants  are  nontoxic  and  readily
responsive to treatment.  Some exceptions to this statement exist in the
industrial  surfactant area and are discussed in this report.  More than
95 percent of plant effluents go to municipal treatment plants with less
than 5 percent classed as point sources.

Virtually all of the 5.8 billion  kilograms   (12.8  billion  pounds)  of
product estimated from these plants in 1973 is destined for tne nation's
treatment  plants  and  waterways;  the intricacies of the manufacturing
processes of this industry warrant better understanding.

Soaps  and  detergents  are  performance   products.    (By   dictionary
definition  a  detergent  is  a cleaning agent and includes ordinary bar
soap, which is classically based on  natural  fat.   In  popular  usage,
however,  the  term  detergent  excludes  soap,  being restricted to the
family of cleaning compounds derived largely from petrochemicals.   This
report   follows   popular  usage.)   Literally  thousands  of  chemical
compositions can be formulated which clean a surface.  Detergents can be
formulated with entirely different organic and  inorganic  chemicals  to
exhibit  the same cleaning power or have the same biodegradability. They
also can be formulated to:

1.  Maximize cleaning power

2.  Maximize biodegradability

3.  Minimize eutrophication potential in a specific recei-
    ving water

4.  Maximize cleaning power/unit cost

5.  Minimize air or water pollutants and solid wastes
    arising from the manufacturing processes.

Guidelines  can  be  directed  toward  minimized  water  pollution  from
manufacturing, but not to the extent of excluding consideration of other
factors.   It  is  possible today to design formulas to give almost zero
discharge of pollutants from the manufacturing  process.   However,  the
imposition  of  such  low  pollutant  discharge limits on water from the
plants of the industry might result in  forcing  radical  reformulations
with  adverse  effects  in  other  areas  of environmental concern.  For
example, one formulation which would enable  a  zero  discharge  from  a
manufacturing  plant  was voluntarily discarded by the industry 10 years
ago because of its poor biodegradability.

-------
Categorization

For the purpose  of  establishing  effluent  limitation  guidelines  and
standards  of performance the soap and detergent industry can be divided
into 19 subcategories based on processes and products.

                            SOAP MANUFACTURE

                           PS2£ESS_DESCRIPTION

      Soap Manufacture - Batch Kettle and Continuous  (101)
      Fatty Acid Manufacture by Fat Splitting  (102)
      Soap From Fatty Acid Neutralization  (103)
      Glycerine Recovery  (104)
      Glycerine Concentration  (104A)
      Glycerine Distillation  (104B)
      Soap Flakes & Powders  (105)
      Bar Soaps (106)
      Liquid Soap  (107)

                         DETERGENT MANUFACTURE

                           PROCESS DESCRIPTION

      Oleum Sulfonation 6 Sulfaticn (Batch 5 Continuous)  (201)
      Air S03 Sulfation and Sulfonation  (Batch & Continu-
      ous)  (202)
      S03 Solvent and Vacuum Sulfonaticn  (203)
      Sulfamic Acid Sulfation  (204)
      Chlorosulfonic Acid Sulfation (205)
      Neutralization of Sulfuric Acid Esters & Sulfonic
      Acids (206)
      Spray Dried Detergents  (207)
      Liquid Detergent Manufacture  (208)
      Detergent Manufacturing By Dry Blending  (209)
      Drum Dried Detergents  (210)
      Detergent Bars & Cakes  (211)
The code numbers shown after the processes are  used  to  identify  them
throughout this report.

These  subcategories  cover  the  major  unit operations of the soap and
synthetic detergent  industry  as  it  is  established  in  the  Federal
Standard  Industrial  Classification  Manual, Industry Code Number 2841.
Some special processes  in  the  production  of  surfactants  have  been
omitted, namely:

   Amine Oxides     Quaternaries             Isethionates
   Amides    •       Alkyl Glyceryl Ether     Hydrotropes
   Taurides         Sulfonates

-------
The  categories  covered  in  this  report  allow  the  permit  granting
authority to identify the unit operations in a soap and detergent  plant
and  the  important  measurable  effluents  associated with each.  Where
several units are  present  in  the  same  plant,  the  permit  granting
authority  can  establish  a maximum permissible effluent standard for a
given plant by adding the effluent allowable from each  unit.   Where  a
large  number  of  units  are  grouped  together in a single plant it is
possible to reduce the total permissible effluent that would be  arrived
at  simply  by adding the individual units in that site.  Techniques for
such reduction are covered in the body of this report.


HISTORY_AND_SOURCE_OF_DATA

When the study was initiated en January 16, 1973, there were no detailed
effluent studies  available  on  this  industry.   A  literature  search
including  previous  EPA and state work yielded little useful data.  The
Corps of Engineers permit applications yielded little correlatable  data
since  information  as  to the products produced and any relationship of
product or processes to effluent flows  was  lacking.   Another  problem
then  arose  when  it  was  found  that the soap and detergent companies
possessed little or no detailed data  regarding  their  effluent  flows.
Most  effluent  data  from  the  companies  turned out to be on combined
sewers  (combining the effluent of three- to t«n process units) and  hence
were   of  limited  value.   Therefore,  the  sample  program  orginally
conceived by the EPA and Contractor as a program  to  verify  literature
and  company-provided  information  had to b~ enlarged and turned into a
major research  project.   Though  a  relatively  sound  data  base  was
obtained,  ideally  such  data  should be obtained by composite sampling
over a period lasting from thirty days to a year.  Because of the  great
pressure  to  complete this work to enable the EPA to publish guidelines
October 18, 1973, as called for in the Act, Public Law  92-500,  it  was
impossible  to run any composite program long°r than one week.  A number
of the sample programs initiated are being continued voluntarily by  the
companies and more sophisticated information has begun to come in.

For  publication  of  this  report, it was necessary to lorecxose use of
further data June 15, 1973.  The data flow is expected to continue  and,
after  collation,  is being turned over to the EPA as received.  A major
conclusion stemming from this work is the recognition o£  the  necessity
of  arranging  for a long term EPA depository for industry eftiuent data
so that water handling problems can  te  fairly  and  inventively  dealt
with.

Integrated_Plants

An important conclusion reached in this study was that integrated plants
having  a  group of several unit processes at the same plant  site have a
substantial  advantage  in  their  ability  to  minimize  pollution   by
cascading  water  and  working off the by-products from one process into
another unit process step.  Although we have indicated many places where
we believe the permit writer should, for this reason, apply more lenient

-------
standards to the small one or two unit process plant, this is really  an
area needing case by case evaluation.

Potential_Develop_ments

This  report  is  written  around  soaps  and  synthetic  detergents  as
formulated in 1973.  From a national treatment standpoint, and to lessen
the possible eutrophication impact of soap and  detergent  formulas,  it
may be necessary to change the 1973 formulas considerably.  Such changes
will  result  in  different effluents from the production units.  In the
soap and glycerine field, changes in formulation are not  likely  to  be
very  pronounced,  but  they are in detergent bars, powders and liquids.
Substantial changes in effluents from unit processes and hence detergent
plants may be necessary to minimize ecological impact of the end product
in specific receiving watersheds.  Particularly in  this  industry,  the
guidelines need to be reviewed periodically to adjust to improvements in
formulas.

-------
                               SECTION II

                            RECOMMENDATIONS

As a result of the findings of this report the following recommendations
are made:

1.   That the effluent limitations and standards of performance be based
on the level of waste reduction attainable as a 30-day  moving  average,
with the following values established for the designated segments of the
industry.   (All values are given in terms of kilograms  (kg)  of pollutant
per kkg of the anhydrous product produced in the numbered process given.
As   all   values   express  weight  to  weight  ratios  the  units  are
interchangeable and Ib can be substituted for kg.  For example,  0.6  kg
BOD5 per kkg of product is an identical ratio to 0.6 Ib BOD5 per 1000 Ib
of product.)


     Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available

                            Suspended                  Oil &
   Subcategory   BOD5  COD    Solids     Surfactants   Grease

Soap Manufacture 0.60  1.50   0.40           NA         0.10
Batch Kettle

Fatty Acid       1.20  3.30   2.20           NA         0.30
Manufacture By
Fat Splitting

Hydrogenation    0.15  0.37   0.10           NA         0.10

Soap From Fatty  0.01  0.05   0.02           NA         0.01
Acid Neutrali-
zation

Glycerine Con-   1.50  4.50   0.20           NA         0.10
centration

Glycerine Dis-   0.50  1.50   0.20           NA         0.10
tillation

Soap Flakes      0.01  0.05   0.01           NA         0.01
and Powders

Bar Soaps        0.34  0.85   0.58           NA         0.04

Liquid Soaps     0.01  0.05   0.01           NA         0.01

Oleum Sulfona-   0.02  .09    0.03          0.03        0.07
tion & Sulfa-
tion  (Batch &
Continuous)

-------
Air-S03 Sulfa-   0.30  1.35   0.03          0.30        0.05
tion 5 Sulfona-
tion  (Batch &
Continuous)

S03 Solvent &    0.30  1.35-'  0.03          0.30        0.05
Vacuum Sulfona-
tion & Sulfamic
Acid Sulfation

Chlorosulfonic   0.30  1.35   0.03          0.30        0.05
Acid Sulfation

Neutralization   0.01  0.05   0.03          0.02        0.01
of Sulfuric Acid
Ester & Sulfonic
Acids

Spray Dried      0.01  0.05   0.01          0.02        0.005
Detergents
(normal)


Spray Dried      0.08  0.35   0.10          0.15        0.03
Detergents
(air restrictions)

Spray Dried      0.02  0.09   0.02          0.04        0.005
Detergents
(fast turnaround)

Liquid Deter-    0.20  0.60   0.005         0.13        0.005
gent Manufacture

Detergent  Manu-  0.01  0.07   0.01          0.01        0.005
facturing  by
Dry Blending

Drum Dried      0.01  0.05   0.01          0.01        0.01
Detergents

Detergent    '    0.70  3.30   0.20          0.50        0.02
Bars  & Cakes

-------
        Best Available Technology Economically Achievable

                               Suspended                Oil 6
    Subcategory    BOD5   COD   Solids    Surfactants   Grease

Soap Manufacture   0.40   1.05   0.40         NA         0.05
Batch Kettle

Fatty Acid Manu-   0.25   0.90   0.20         NA         0.15
facture by Fat
Splitting

Hydrogenation      0.15   0.37   0.10          NA        0.10

Soap From Fatty    0.01   0.05   0.02         NA         0.01
Acid Neutrali-
zation

Glycerine Con-     0.40   1.20   0.1C         NA         0.04
centration

Glycerine  Dis-    0.30   0.90   0.04         NA         0.02
tillation

Soap Flakes        0.01   0.05   0.01         NA         0.01
and Powders

Bar Soaps          0.20   0.60   0.34         NA         0.03

Liquid Soap        0.01   0.05   0.01         NA         0.01

Oleum Sul-         0.02   0.09   0.03        0.03        0.07
fonation &
Sulfation
(Batch &
Continuous)

Air-S03 Sul-       0.19   0.55   0.02        0.18        0.04
fation and
Sulfonation
(Batch & Con-
tinuous)

SO3 Solvent        0.10   0.45   0.01        0.10        0.02
and Vacuum
Sulfonation &
Sulfamic Acid
Sulfation

Chlorosulfonic     0.15   0.75   0.02        0.15        0.03
Acid Sulfation

-------
Neutralization     0.01   0.05   0.03        0.02        0.01
of Sulfuric Acid
Esters & Sulfonic
Acids

Spray Dried        0.01   0.04   0.02        0.02        0.005
Detergents  (Normal)

Spray Dried        0.06   0.25   0.07        0.10        0.02
Detergents  (Air
restrictions)

Spray Dried        0.02   0.07   0.02        0.02        0.005
Detergents  (Fast
turnaround)
Liquid Deter-      0.05   0.22   0.005       0.05        0.005
gent Manufacture

Detergent Manu-    0.01   0.07   0.01        0.01        0.005
facturing by
Dry Blending

Drum Dried         0.01   0.05   0.01        0.01        0.01
Detergents

Detergent Bars     0.30   1.35   0.10        0.20        0.02
& Cakes

-------
             Standards of Performance for New Sources

                                Suspended               Oil &
     Subcategory    BOD5   COD   Solids    Surfactants  Grease

Soap Manufacture    0.20   0.60   0.02         NA        0.05
Batch Kettle

Fatty Acid          0.25   0.90   0.20         NA        0.15
Manufacture by
Fat Splitting

Hydrogenation       0.15   0.37   0.10         NA        0.10

Soap From Fatty     0.01   0.05   0.02         NA        0.01
Acid Neutralization

Glycerine Con-      0.40   1.20   0.10         NA        0.04
centration

Glycerine Dis-      0.30   0.90   0.04         NA        0.02
tillation

Soap Flakes &       0.01   0.05   0.01         NA        0.01
Powders

Bar Soaps           0.20   0.60   0.34         NA        0.03

Liquid Soap         0.01   0.05   0.01         NA        0.01

Oleum Sulfonation   0.01   0.03   0.02        0.01       0.04
& Sulfation  (Batch
& Continuous)

Air-S03 Sulfa-      0.09   0.40   0.02        0.09       0.02
tion & Sulfona-
tion (Batch &
Continuous)

SO3 Solvent &       0.10   0.45   0.01        0.10       0.02
Vacuum Sulfonation
6 Sulfamic Acid
Sulfation

Chlorosulfonic      0.15   0.75   0.02        0.15       0.03
Acid Sulfation

-------
Neutralization of   0.01   0.05   0.03        0.02       0.01
Sulfuric Acid
Esters & Sulfonic
Acids

Spray Dried         0.01   0.04   0.02        0.02       0.00
Detergents (Normal)

Spray Dried         0.06   0.25   0.07        0.10       0.02
Detergents (Air
restricted)

Spray Dried         0.02   0.07   0.02        0.02       0.005
Detergents (Fast
turnaround)


Liquid Detergent    0.05   0.22   0.005       0.05       0.005
Manufacture

Detergent Manu-     0.01   0.07   0.01        0.01       0.005
facturing by
Dry Blending

Drum Dried          0.01   0.05   0.01        0.01       0.01
Detergents

Detergent Bars      0.30   1.35   0.10        0.20       0.02
& Cakes

The pH of final discharge(s)  should be within the range of
6.0-9.0 at all times.


2.  For purposes of monitoring and enforcement, periods and values other
than  those  for  the  30-day average should be adopted.  Daily maximums
ranging from 1.5 to 3  times  the  30-day  average  are  recommended  as
reflecting reliability of control and treatment.


3.  A continuing effort is recommended to further study the waste  water
effluent   problems  of  the  soap  and  detergent  field,  particularly
detergents.  The technology is in a state of rapid flux and merits close
observation.

Basically two areas should be considered:

     (a)   Changes in detergent formulations and how they affect
          wast,es associated with manufacture and the environmental
          impact resulting from use by the consumer.

     (b)   Control and treatment practices as they affect
          water pollution, air pollution, and solid waste.
                                  10

-------
                              SECTION III

                              INTRODUCTION

            Au t ho r it Y
Section 301 (b)  of the Act requires the achievement  by  not  later  than
July  1,  1977,  of  effluent  limitations for point sources, other than
publicly owned treatment works, which are based on  the  application  of
the  best  practicable control technology currently available as defined
by the Administrator pursuant to Section 304 (b)  of  the  Act.   Section
301 (b)  also requires the achievement by not later than July 1, 1983, of
effluent limitations  for  point  sources,  other  than  publicly  owned
treatment  works,  which  are  based  on  the  application  of  the best
available  technology  economically  achievable  which  will  result  in
reasonable  further progress toward the national goal of eliminating the
discharge  of  all  pollutants,  as  determined   in   accordance   with
regulations  issued  by  the Administrator pursuant to Section 304 (b) of
the Act.  Section 306 of the Act requires the achievement by new sources
of a Federal standard of performance providing for the  control  of  the
discharge  of  pollutants which reflects the greatest degree of effluent
reduction which the Administrator determines to  be  achievable  through
the  application  of the best available demonstrated control technology,
processes, operating methods, or other  alternatives,  including,  where
practicable, a standard permitting no discharge of pollutants.

Section  304 (b)  of the Act requires the Administrator to publish within
one year of enactment of the Act, regulations providing  guidelines  for
effluent  limitations  setting  forth  the  degree of effluent reduction
attainable through the  application  of  the  best  practicable  control
technology  currently  available  and  the  degree of effluent reduction
attainable through the application of  the  best  control  measures  and
practices   economically   achievable  including  treatment  techniques,
process  and  procedure  innovations ,  operation   methods   and   other
alternatives.   The  regulations  proposed  herein  set  forth  effluent
limitations guidelines pursuant to Section 304 (b) of  the  Act  for  the
soap and detergent industry.

Section 306 of the Act requires the Administrator, within one year after
a  category  of  sources  is  included  in  a list published pursuant to
Section 306 (b)  (1)  (A) of the Act, to propose  regulations  establishing
Federal   standards   of   performances  for  new  sources  within   such
categories.  The Administrator published  in  the  Federal  Register  of
January  16,  1973  (38 F.R. 1624), a list of 27 source categories.   Pub-
lication of the list constituted  announcement  of  the  Administrator's
intention  of  establishing, under Section 306, standards of performance
applicable to new sources within the soap and detergent category,  which
was included within the list published January 16, 1973.

Limitations Guidelines and Standards of Performance
                                   11

-------
The   effluent   limitations   guidelines   and  standards  of  performance
proposed herein  were developed  in  the   following  manner.   The  point
source  category was   first  categorized for the purpose of determining
whether separate limitations  and  standards are appropriate for different
segments within  a point source  category.   Such  subcategorization  was
based  upon  raw material used,  product  produced, manufacturing process
employed, and other factors.  The raw  waste  characteristics  for  each
subcategory  were then  identified.  This  included an analysis of (1) the
source and volume of water used in the process employed and the  sources
of waste and waste waters in  the  plant; and  (2) the constituents (inclu-
ding thermal) of all waste waters including toxic constituents and other
constituents  which result in taste, odor, and color in water or aquatic
organisms.  The  constituents  of waste waters which should be subject  to
effluent  limitations guidelines  and standards of performance were iden-
tified.

The full range of control and treatment   technologies  existing  within
each  subcategory  was   identified.   This included an identification of
each distinct control and treatment technology, including  both  inplant
and  end-of-process technologies, which are existent or capable of being
designed for each subcategory.  It also included  an  identification  in
terms  of  the   amount   of  constituents   (including  thermal)   and  the
chemical, physical, and  biological characteristics of pollutants, of the
effluent level resulting from the application of each of  the  treatment
and  control technologies.  The problems,  limitations and reliability of
each treatment and control technology and  the  required  implementation
time  was  also  identified.   In  addition,  the  non-water quality en-
vironmental impact, such as the  effects  ~of  the  application  of  such
technologies  upon other pollution problems, including air, solid waste,
noise and radiation were also identified.  The  energy  requirements  of
each of the control and  treatment technologies was identified as well as
the cost of the  application of such technologies.

The  information,  as  outlined  above,  was  then evaluated in order to
determine what levels of technology constituted  the  "best  practicable
control  technology  currently  available,-"  "best  available technology
economically achievable" and  the "best  available  demonstrated  control
technology,  processes,  operating  methods, or other alternatives."  In
identifying such technologies, various factors were  considered.    These
included  the total cost of application of technology in relation to the
effluent reduction benefits to be achieved from  such  application,  the
age  of  equipment  and  facilities  involved, the process employed, the
engineering aspects of the  application  of  various  types  of  control
techniques,  process  changes,  non-water  quality  environmental impact
(including energy requirements)  and other  factors.

The data for identification and analyses were derived from a  number  of
sources.    These  sources  included  EPA research information,  published
literature, a voluntary  industrywide audit, an extensive industry  plant
effluent sampling program, qualified technical consultation, and on-site
visits  and interviews at exemplary soap and detergent processing plants
throughout the United States.  All references  used  in  developing  the
                                  12

-------
guidelines for effluent limitations and standards of performance for new
sources reported herein are included in Section XIII of this document.

General,Description__of the Industry

This  industrial category is covered under Standard Industrial Code 2841
and includes establishments primarily  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of
soap,  synthetic  organic  detergents, inorganic alkaline detergents, or
any combination.  Crude and refined glycerine from vegetable and  animal
fats  and  oils  are  also  included.   Excluded  from this category are
establishments primarily engaged in manufacturing  shampoos  or  shaving
products and synthetic glycerine.  Also excluded are specialty cleaners,
polishing and sanitation preparations.

Historical

The  industry  which  produces products for cleaning of fabrics, dishes,
and hard surfaces goes back to  the  earliest  recorded  history.   Clay
tablets  found in ancient Mesopotamia dating back to the third millenium
B.C., gave a soap recipe calling for a mixture of potash and oil  to  be
used  in  the  making  of  cloth.   Modern  soap and synthetic detergent
formulations and business practices were shaped by a  series  of  events
which started in the 1930s.  These include the introduction of synthetic
surface  active  ingredients  in the mid 1930s.  There followed the war-
induced shortage of the natural ingredients  for  soap  making  such  as
tallow  and  coconut  oils and the consequent rapid increase then in the
use of synthetics.

The discovery of polyphosphate builders followed, which  made  synthetic
laundry  products  suitable replacements for soap.  The scramble of soap
and detergent companies for the housewives' favor  occurred  during  the
1950s and determined market shares of companies in the household segment
even  today.  Finally, there began the formulation of detergent products
to meet environmental considerations.

The first environmental reformulation consisted of a voluntary  industry
switchover to more biodegradable linear benzene sulfonate surfactants to
replace   the   original  highly  branched,  poorly  degradable  benzene
sulfonates in the  1960s.   Shortly  thereafter  the  use  of  phosphate
builders in detergents came under attack from environmentalists.  Of the
3 nutrients, phosphorus, nitrogen and carbon, which cause eutrophication
of  lakes,  phosphorus  appears  to  be  the  only  nutrient amenable to
control.  A series of events led to today's confusing and  indeterminate
situation  vis-a-vis  phosphate builders.  Nitrilotriacetic acid use was
begun and then stopped because of fears over teratogenicity.  Detergents
built with carbonates and silicates were introduced  and  then  somewhat
squelched  because  some  of the products represented alkalinity hazards
and there were also problems such as interference with flame retardancy,
and deposition of hard water reaction products on  clothes.   Today  the
search  for  a safe, effective builder to replace phosphate continues in
full swing with citrates and multifunctional compounds such  as  carboxy
methylene  oxy  succinate getting much research effort.  Other detergent
ingredients have also been the subject of concern as to their safety and
                                   13

-------
environmental impact.  Enzymes are an  example,  and  sales  of  enzyme-
containing detergents suffered for a time as a result.

Companies_and_Markets

The  household detergent industry is dominated by three large companies.
The largest U.S. company has about one  half  of  the  U.S.   sales  and
production.  The next two companies in size each have about one sixth of
the  U.S. market.  The remaining 17 percent of the business is shared by
over 300 companies.  Very few companies beyond the five largest  produce
and  market products across the country.  The smaller companies captured
an appreciable portion of the market share of the big  three  with  non-
phosphate  detergents  before  bad  publicity  put  a damper on sales of
phosphate-free laundry detergents.

Laundry detergents are the largest category of products made by the soap
and detergent industry.  The number one selling brand has held  about  a
25 percent share of the U.S. market for over two decades.  This brand is
the industry standard for this category of product and the market leader
fights  hard  to  maintain  his  level of sales of household detergents.
Other  detergent  companies  constantly  search  for  improved  products
containing  better  ingredients  so  they can get a bigger share of this
market.  The cost of the  search  for  new  and  improved  products  has
increased   greatly   because  of  the  more  sophisticated  safety  and
environmental approaches now needed.

In considering other household cleaning products, it will be noted  that
the  big  three  producers  have  a less dominant position.  Liquid hand
dishwashing detergents are next to  laundry  detergents  in  importance.
Although  the  largest  companies do dominate this market there are many
private label products sold by  supermarket  chains  and  also  quite  a
number  of  brands  marketed  by  smaller  companies.'  The  liquid hand
dishwashing detergent market is static in growth because cf the constant
shift toward home automatic dishwashers.

Automatic dishwashing detergents are  produced  in  sizable  amounts  by
medium  and small sized firms as well as the bigger detergent companies.
This category of product has grown very rapidly with  the  proliferation
of  the  home  automatic  dishwasher.  With only a third of the nation's
households having automatic dishwashers great growth can be expected  to
continue.

Household  specialty  cleaners  of all types are produced by hundreds of
companies in  successful  competition  with  the  big  three.   This  is
possible  because  the  specialties require less capital investment than
spray dried laundry  detergents.   Also,  specialties  are  amenable  to
smaller and localized marketing and advertising programs.

As  opposed  to the production of detergents, the soap producing segment
of the industry is now concerned primarily with the production of toilet
bars.  A modest amount of soap is used in synthetic household  detergent
manufacture,  both  in  heavy duty solid formulations and in combination
detergent - soap bars.  There is a possibility of a moderate increase in
                                    14

-------
                                            TABLE 1

                       SUMMARY VALUE OF SHIPMENTS AT MANUFACTURERS LEVEL

                                SOAPS AND DETERGENTS SIC 2841

                        AFTER 1967 CENSUS OF MANUFACTURERS  (ADJUSTED)
All Soaps

Glycerine
  Natural

Alkali
  Detergents

Acid Type
  Cleaners

Synthetic
  Ore. Det.
  Household

Synthetic Ore.
  Det. Non-
  Household

Soap and Other
  Det. NSK
          1963
      (in millions)

Kiloerans   Pounds  Dollars
                                                      1967
                                                  (in millions)
                                                                                 1973
                                                                             (in millions)
                   jgram
                   5D5TT
            1332.8   35XU


    63.6     140.0    26.0


   519.0    1143,2   200.2


   156.1     343.8    35.2
                   38.6
Kilograms Pounds  Dollars Kilograms Pounds  Dollars
  553711240.3   333.9540.411V0.4   415.1
                                               65.8    145.0    36.0     68.1     150.0    35.0
                                              670.1   1476.0   279.6    887.6'    1955.0    384.5
                                              256.1    564.0    61.7    398.6    878.0    100.7
                 2098.7    4622.7  1029.4    2513.5   5536.4  1235.4   3169.9   6982.2   1565.0
                  287.2     632.6   115.3     357.5    787.4   141.1    443.1    976.0    167.0
              85.0    17.6     166.2    366.0    73.2    332.3    732.0   146,4
Grand Total
  Soaps and
  Detergents     3768.3    8300.1  1778.7
                                             4592.3  10115.1  2210.9   5840.1  12863.6  2813.7

-------
the marketing of laundry soap if more local ordinances  prohibiting  the
use  of detergents were to be passed.  For a number of economic reasons,
for example, the doubling of the cost of natural fats and oils  used  in
soap manufacture within the last year alone, it seems unlikely that soap
sales will increase significantly  from their present levels.

The  largest  sales  of  bar  soaps  are again made by the three largest
companies.  In general,  other  soap  companies  specialize  in  private
label, specialty soaps, and institutional sales.

Glycerine  is an important product of the industry.  It is made as a by-
product of soap production,  and   synthetically  from  pezroleum-derived
propylene.  Glycerine is an important cosmetic and food intermediate and
many  soap  and  detergent  companies  are  also  in  these  businesses.
Synthetic glycerine competes with the naturally  derived  product.   Its
synthesis  bears  no  relationship  to  the  fat-derived product, but in
composition it is essentially identical.

Glycerine is a mature chemical whose use is  presently  growing  at  the
rate of 3 percent a year.  The total 1972 estimated U.S.  production was
158  million  kilograms  (348 million Ib) with exceptionally high exports
accounting  for  29  million  kilograms   (64  million  Ib).    Synthetic
glycerine   (not included in SIC 2841) is estimated to have accounted for
approximately 91 million kilograms  (200 million Ib) of the total produc-
tion in 1972 with natural glycerine production accounting for 68 million
kilograms (150 million Ib).  There are 3 new fat splitting plants  under
construction  in  the  U.S.  which will give 3 new sources of by-product
glycerine.

In du|> tr i a 1 _ Cl e a n i n g_ Compgundg

Industrial cleaning  compounds  are  also  an  important  part  of  this
industry.   Compounds  are  made for metal cleaning, textile processing,
food sanitation, and a host of other applications.  Total  dollar  value
of  the  non-household  cleaning  market was $263 million in 1967 and is
estimated at $373 million for 1973.  There are a host of small companies
and divisions of large companies in this business area.  Most producers,
though, serve a limited market and a limited geographical area.

Sales_and_Production

Table I gives an estimate of dollar values and poundage produced for the
products comprising  SIC  2841.   It  is  interesting  that  the  oldest
product,  soap,  still  securely  retains  an important market; that is,
toilet and bath bars.   Automatic  dishwashing  detergents  are  growing
rapidly  and  these products are even more vitally affected by the phos-
phate controversy than are laundry detergents.

Phy.sical_Plant

In general,  the soap and detergent industry has not integrated backwards
toward their raw materials.  Basic raw materials come  from  a  host  of
supplier  companies.   Caustic, fats, and oils for soap making come from
                                   16

-------
chemical and agricultural processors, although  some  companies  do  own
coconut   plantations.    Detergent  alkylate,  alcohols  and  non-ionic
surfactants  usually  come  from  large   chemical   and   petrochemical
companies.   Some  anionic surfactant is also produced by suppliers, but
in general the soap  and  detergent  companies  do  most  of  their  own
sulfation  and  sulfonation.  The inorganic builders and other additives
come exclusively from supplier companies.

The three largest companies in the household market have plants in major
metropolitan areas across the country.  Not only are distribution  costs
important,  but  also the large volume of products makes it possible for
one company to build economical sized plants in a number  of  locations.
There  are  about  30  major plants for production of heavy duty laundry
detergents in the United States.
.It is fairly common for the  major  companies  to  contract  with  other
companies  for  toll  processing.   In  these  arrangements the soap and
detergent company will buy synthetic detergent bases,  send  them  to  a
second  company  for reaction, and have the product returned for further
compounding.  For example, detergent alcohols may be bought  by  a  soap
and  detergent company and then toll ethoxylated by a petrochemical com-
pany and  returned  to  the  soap  and  detergent  company  for  further
processing.

Another business arrangement is the production of packaged detergents by
private  label  producers  which  are then sold by the major food chains
under their own brand names.

The capital requirements for a spray dried detergent  bead  plant  limit
the  number  of these units.  To be competitive, these complexes produce
volumes on the order of 13,620 kg per hour  (30,000 Ib per hour) and cost
up to 10 million dollars.  Soap making equipment can be  fairly  capital
intensive,   especially   the   newer   fat  splitting  and  fatty  acid
purification processes.  Production of light-duty liquid detergents  and
dry  blended  products  require  less capital and consequently many more
producers are found.  Freight is an important consideration in  shipping
liquids.

Industry t Problems

Foremost  in  difficulty  is the phosphate problem.  Large sums of money
have been spent both by detergent companies and by  their  suppliers  to
find  phosphate  replacements.   To  date, no replacement has been found
which  is  entirely  safe,   effective,   and   economically   feasible.
Generally,  companies  are  reformulating  with  lower phosphate levels,
substituting  nonionic  for  anionic  organic  surfactants,  and   using
additional amounts of alkaline builders like sodium carbonate and sodium
silicates.

New  product development is not as frequent and fruitful as in the past.
It  is  much  more  difficult  to  produce  new  products   which   meet
                                   17

-------
environmental
products.

Future Trends
requirements,   so  development  money  leads  to  fewer
The industry is growing at a rate of 5 percent per year.  It  is  secure
in  the knowledge that its products are vitally necessary.  The relative
standing of various industry members depends upon how successfully  they
solve environmentally actuated formulation problems.

SOAP PROCESS_DESCRIPTIONS

Each of the following process descriptions are associated with a process
flow sheet.  All of the expected waste water effluents are identified in
the flow sheet by name .and code number for quick reference.

SOAP MANUFACTURE BY BATCH KETTLE  (101)

Most of the soap made by this process finds its way into toilet bar form
for household usage.  This use demands freedom from offensive odors, and
displeasing  colors.   In  order  to meet this requirement, the starting
fats and oils must be refined.  There is a direct  relationship  between
quality of the fats and the quality of the finished soap.

Fat Refining and Bleaching

There  are  several  ways  in  which  fats are refined.  One of the most
frequently used-methods employs activated clay as the extraction  agent.
Activated  clay,  having  a  large  ratio  of surface area to weight, is
agitated with warm oil and filtered.   Color  bodies,  dirt,  etc.,  are
removed  usually  through a plate and frame press.  The clay is disposed
of as solid waste.  A small amount of clay remains in the refined fat.

The clay is often "activated" by being given an acid treatment itself by
the clay supplier and is a source of sulfate ion build-up in  some  soap
recycling streams.

Other  ways  in which fats are refined include caustic extraction, steam
stripping and proprietary aqueous chemicals.

When soap accounted for the major portion  of  the  soap  and  detergent
market  the  solexol process of extraction found use in refining of fats
and oils.  The design of this liquid propane extraction process is based
on the diminishing solubility of fats in liquid propane with  increasing
temperature.   The  fats  are completely miscible at 48.84 C (120 F) but
become almost insoluble at 82.14 C (180 F) and most of the color  bodies
precipitate.

Color  bodies fall to the bottom of the treating tower while decolorized
oils dissolved in liquid propane sit on  the  solvent  (liquid  propane)
layer  and  are recovered from the top.  This process is not now used in
the United States, but should be reexamined since it  offers  a  way  to
                                   18

-------
                            101 SOAP MANUFACTURE BY BATCH KETTLE
         1011 RECEIVING
             STORAGE-TRANSFER
          70/2 FAT REFINING
              AND BLEACHING
   1013 SOAP BOILING
CLAY — 	 —
FATTY OILS:
PPiPOMI IT* TAI 1 C\\KI-



SALT



























BOILING



M
r

MIX
SET




ER
TLER
1

MIXER
> SETTLER
	 1
BAROMETRIC
CONDENSER
pt ^
CLAY
1 BLEACHING
«l
T
•f
1
\

f
FILTER
1
<
^

t,
J
LC
sc
— STEAM
^ STEAM
NaOH 	
STEAM-
SALT 	
SALT,
H2S°4X
FATTY ACIDS
(LOW GRADE
SOAP SALES
-+•
-*•
-»•
\
\

SOAP
BOILING
KETTLE

1
•K
•K
1





NIGRE
PROCESSING
1
1
r-^"


NEAT SOAP TO
*"PROCESSING
AND SALE
GLYCERINE TO
*~ RECOVERY
^ LOW GRADE SOAP
LOW GRADE
FATTY ACID
o
a
?«
w
                WASHOUTS
                  101102
WASTEWATER
101231
SOLID WASTE
101209

BAROMETRIC
CONDENSATE
'101218
SEWER LYES
101319
BRINE AND ACID
WASTEWATER
101320

-------
eliminate water use, and thus could again become economical as discharges
must be reduced.

Soap_Boiling

Although  a  very   old  process,  kettle  boiling  stiil  makes  a  very
satisfactory product and in several well integrated manufacturing plants
this process has a  very low discharge of waste water effluents.

Making a batch of neat soap  (65 - 70 percent soap in water)  can take  as
long as four to six days to complete.  A series of large steel tanks are
used  in a counter  current manner to "boil" soap.  Their capacity can be
as high as 54,480   kilograms   (120,000  pounds)  of  ingredients.   Ever
weakening caustic streams are met by enriched  fat so that the caustic is
essentially  exhausted in the presence cf fresh fat.  In actual practice
the fat never leaves the tank in which it starts until it  is  converted
into  neat  soap.   Just  the  aqueous caustic stream flows from tank to
tank.

A simplified process description for kettle boiling soap follows:
Step 1
weigh in
fats & oils
and alkali

Step 5
drain off
spent lye
and send to
recovery

Step 9
add water
and heat to
close soap
for filling
change
Step 2             Step 3
turn on            add salt and
steam and saponify boil for
                   graining
Step 6
add water to
kettle and
boil closing
Step 10
settle and
draw off
neat soap
Step 7
add strong
alkali to
closed soap
Step 11
recycle
bottom nigre
to Step 1
Step 4
turn off
steam and
settle

Step 8
settle
and run
off lye
to Step 1
Neat Soap
Step 1 - Fats and oils are weighed in.   The  caustic  stream  from  the
"extreme change" of step 7 is run in as well as the nigre from step 11.

Step_2 - Live steam is customarily released into the kettle where it not
only  heats  up  the  materials but also performs the stirring function.
About three or four hours are consumed in this step.

Step__3 - Graining is the act of separating the newly  formed  soap  from
the  exhausted  lye  solution.   An  operator adds salt or salt solution
until a sample withdrawn with a trowel separates  distinctly  into  soap
and lye. About 10 - 12 percent NaCl is required.
                                  20

-------
Step_	U  - About four hours are needed to completely settle the contents
into two layers.

Ste]D_5 - The spent lye contains 7-8 percent glycerine and is  sent  to
the glycerine recovery unit.

StejD	6  - "closed soap" is now made by adding fresh water to the kettle
and heating it to make a  continuous  creamy  material,  dissolving  the
remaining glycerine and salt.

Step	7  -  The  "strong  change"  is  carried  out  by  adding  fresh,
concentrated lye which saponifies the last remnants of fat.   The  batch
is  brought  to  a  boil again, water is added until the soap is closed,
then the lye is run in.  Since the soap is not  soluble  in  the  strong
alkali it becomes grainy.

Step  8  -  Steam  is shut off and the batch allowed to settle for three
hours.  The lye is run off  and  added  to  a  beginning  batch  in  the
"extreme kill".

Step	2  ~  Heating  is  again  begun and water run in until the mass is
closed and boiling is continued until the soap removed on a  trowel  can
be poured off in a transparent sheet.

Step_	1_0  - Heat is turned off and the batch is allowed to settle.  Neat
soap is drawn off the top and run off to be processed into one  of  many
forms of soap products.  The lower layer is the nigre which contains the
color bodies, dark soap, etc.  It contains as much as 20 - 25 percent of
the  kettle  contents   (30  -  40 percent soap).  When the nigre becomes
heavily loaded with impurities it can itself be salted out, making a low
grade soap for sale.

Ste_£_ll. - Frequently the nigre is recirculated to  the  kettle  for  the
start of a new batch.

An overall schematic of the soap-making process is as follows:


The  waste  water  from  kettle  boiling  is  essentially from the nigre
stream.  The nigre is the aqueous layer which contains the color  bodies
generated in the soap making process, mostly dark soaps.  They are often
marketed  as  industrial  lubricants or low grade special purpose soaps.
Where such a market can be established a kettle  boil  soap  process  is
already at the zero discharge effluent level except for the oil refining
step.

Salt Usage

In  order to maintain suitable solubility for proper processing, salt is
added to the soap making process to maintain the  required  electrolytic
balance.   Most  of  the  salt  charged  into  the process is ultimately
returned to it from the glycerine  concentration  step,  which  will  be
discussed  later.   Practically  every  kettle boiling soap manufacturer
                                  21

-------
                 Kettle Boil
                                      Nigre
            Dark soap
            to market
                 Spent lye
Evaporator
ro
ro
Concentrated
glycerine
                                          Salt
                                       SOAP MAKING
                                                          FIGURE  2

-------
concentrates his glycerine stream although only  a  few  go  on  to  the
distillation of glycerine.

FATTY ACID MANUFACTURE BY FAT SPLITTING T(102)

By  means  of fat splitting very low grade fats and oils are upgraded to
high  value  products  by  splitting  the  glycerides  into  their   two
components,  fatty  acids and glycerine.  Fat splitting is an hydrolytic
reaction which proceeds as follows:

                 Fat + Water —± Fatty Acid + Glycerine

Using a Twitchell catalyst  (an  aromatic  sulfonic,  acid)  and  a  long
residence  time,  fats  can  be  split  at nearly atmospheric pressures.
Today, however, most fat splitting takes place in a high pressure,  high
temperature  tower  operated  at  around  34 atm and 260°C (500 psig and
500°F) .

Heated fat, 254°C (U90°F) and under pressure, is fed into the bottom  of
the  tower and water, 204°c (400°F) and also under pressure, is fed into
the top.  The two streams mix  counter-currently  and  hydrolysis  takes
place,  often  in  the  presence of a zinc or tin catalyst.  At the high
temperatures employed the fat is soluble  to  the  extent  in  12  -  25
percent of water, depending upon which fat is used.

In about 90 minutes the splitting can be as high as 99 percent complete.
The  glycerine by-product can be produced at a variety of concentrations
depending  upon  how  complete  a  fat  hydrolysis  is  desired.    More
concentrated  glycerine  can  be  provided at some expense of fatty acid
yields.

The crude acids are flashed in a pressure reducer and then distilled  at
0.0026  -  0.0039 atm  (2-3 mm) pressure.  The resulting product may be
subjected to an additional process step of flash hydrogenation to reduce
the amount of unsaturated acids.

SOAP FROM FATTY ACID NEUTRALIZATION  (103)

Soap making by fatty acid neutralization exceeds the kettle boil process
in speed and minimization of waste water effluent.  Although widely used
by the large soap producers, it is also very popular  with  the  smaller
manufacturer.

This  route  from  the  acids  is  faster, simpler  (no by-product dilute
glycerine stream to handle) and "cleaner" than the kettle boil  process.
Distilled, partially hydrogenated acids are usually used.

The  fatty acid neutralization process has several additional advantages
over the kettle boiling process.  It does not have a large salt load  to
recycle,  and  has a free alkali concentration in the order of 0.1 - 0.2
percent, contrasted with around 1 percent in the kettle boiling process.

The reaction that takes  place is substantially:
                                  23

-------
                                102 FATTY ACID MANUFACTURE BY FAT SPLITTING
         1021  RECEIVING
             STORAGE-TRANSFER
                                1022 FATPRETREATMENT
                                                           1023 FAT SPLITTING
                                                                                           1024 FATTY ACID DISTILLATION
OILS
NaOH
CLAY
AND.

LYST-
— ^-

.... »•'





\





,
UHUUt
FAT AND
OIL

//*








TREATING
VESSELS
f-
SPENT
CLAY
	 1
FOOTS
1
RECOVERY


REFINED FATS
AND OILS
STEAM 	
CATALYST —
FATTY ACIDS
•" AND SOAPS


PRESSURE
REDUCTION
, REACTOR
H
L




PRESSURE
REDUCTION

1
1
1
1
i
-t-l
FATTY
ACIDS

STEAM 	 t
HYDROGEN 	 i
CATALYST 	
CAUSTIC SODA 	 •
SULFURIC ACID—
LCBUDE
GLYCERINE
TO RECOVERY

j 	 [_ BAROMETRIC
STILL CONDENSER
1 FATTY ACIDS
hf~ 	 l 	 t
! 	 ,


T 1
HYDRO-
GENATION

' DU»' EMULSION BREAKINC
' 	 »• FAT SEPARATION
	 >^ NEUTRALIZATION
	 ,_ 	 1 	
=?
1
1
1
t
• 1
- 1
  1J
  M
  
-------
                                  103 SOAP FROM FATTY ACID NEUTRALIZATION
                  1031  RECEIVING
                      STORAGE-TRANSFER
1032 SAPONIF(CATION
1033 RECYCLE-REPROCESSING
SODA ASH
STEAM




p *?nn A


(SH
ilUM HYDROXinP













































\.
^v^^








^^
s^



















\



^












I
I







MIXER


























                   LEAKS, SPILLS, STORM
                   RUNOFFS. WASHOUTS.
                   103102
 A WASTEWATER BRINES
  I 103224
                       SOAP TO
                       STORAGE
                                                                                      REACTOR

                                                                                                      SCRAP SOAP
                                                                                                      CAUSTIC SODA
OFF QUALITY SOAP
TO LANDFILL 103325

WASHOUTS
103302

                        SEWER LYES
                        103326
                                                        FIGURE

-------
           Caustic + Fatty Acid 	 Soap

Often, sodium carbonate is used in place of caustic with  the  attendant
evolution  of  carbon  dioxide.  When liquid soaps  (at room temperature)
are desired, the more soluble potassium soaps are made by starting  with
potassium  hydroxide.   The  potassium  soaps  are  used in the familiar
liquid hand soap dispensers, in many industrial applications, and  often
as lubricants.

As in kettle boiling soap manufacture, the most popular mix of acids for
bar  soap  is in the ratio of 20:80 20/80 coconut oil:tallow oil derived
acids.  A number of distilled tall oil soaps (tall oil is  derived  from
the  waste  streams  of  paper manufacture) are also made for industrial
purposes.

In some cases, the soap  making  process  is  operated  continuously  in
tandem  with  a  fat  splitting  process.   The  fatty acids and caustic
solution are proportionated into a reactor continuously by pumps  having
a  common  variable speed/drive.  The appropriate amount of salt is also
programmed in to maintain the correct electrolyte content.

The resulting neat soap will have about 30 percent moisture.

To clarify the soap solution, the soap stream coming out of the  reactor
is  sometimes  filtered  with  clay.   The  spent clay creates a certain
amount of solid waste and the filter press is washed  out  occasionally.
Otherwise this is a "clean" process.

The  neat  soap is further processed into bars or liquid formulations in
the same manner as the product from kettle boiling.


GLYCERINE RECOVERY

Concentrati on

The kettle boiling soap process generates an aqueous stream referred  to
as sweet water lyes.  This stream will contain 8-10 percent glycerine,
a heavy salt concentration and some fatty materials.  It is processed by
first  adding  a  mineral  acid  (HCl)  to reduce the alkalinity.  This is
followed by the addition of alum which precipitates  insoluble  aluminum
soaps.   The  precipitate carries other impurities down with it.  If the
stream were not treated with alum, there would be severe foaming in  the
evaporators,  and  the  contaminant  would  be  carried forward into the
glycerine.   The  cleaned  up  glycerine  solution  is   sent   to   the
evaporators.

The  evaporators  (in  some  smaller  plants there will be only one) are
heated under reduced pressure.  The partial vacuum  is  generated  by  a
barometric  condenser.  They frequently operate at 0.13 to 0.07 atm (660
mm - 710 mm or 26 - 28" Hg of vacuum).
                               26

-------
                                            104 GLYCERINE RECOVERY
1041  RECEIVING
    STORAGE-TRANSFER
1042 LYE TREATMENT
1043 GLYCERINE EVAPORATION
1044 GLYCERINE STILL
SWEET WATERS v
AND LYES

ALUM .

HCL -^^^




\__j








— ^

^






MIXER



I
FILTER PRESS




* >

-1
1
1
TREATED
GLYCERINE
LIQUOR
RECYCLE -
r
-* EVAPO
A
SALT

BAROMETRIC
CONDENSER
1
RATOR >
t
1
1
1
1
L
%
-•

SEPARATOR r'
! 1
1 1

	 STEAM
CRUDE
GLYCERINE
SALT RECYCLE
- TO SOAP
MANUFACTURE




BAROMETRIC
* CONDENSER

STILL
CHARCOAL
, "*" FILTER

i !
1
1
1
1
1
1
k
J
1
1
1
*—

_ STEAM
RE-
FINED
GLYCEf
INE
                          SOLID WASTE
                          104209
                         SALT BRINE
                           104327
              BAROMETRIC
              CONDENSATE
              104318
                                                                                          JLi
GLYCERINE
FOOTS
104428


I
I
I
I
SOLID WASTE
104409






BAROMETRIC
CONDENSATE
104418


                                                      FIGURE
                                                                                               COOLING TOWER
                                                                                               SLOWDOWN
                                                                                               104404

-------
As the glycerine is concentrated the  salt comes out of solution  and  is
removed  from  the evaporation kettle, filtered and returned to the soap
making process.  In many plants this  separating  function  is  performed
continuously  with  a centrifuge with the filtrate being returned to the
evaporator.

The glycerine is usually concentrated to 80 percent by weight  and  then
either  run to a still to be made into finished glycerine, or stored and
sold to glycerine refiners.

The sweet water glycerine from fat splitting is flashed  to  atmospheric
pressure, thereby releasing a considerable amount of water very quickly.
This  can  provide  a  glycerine  stream of 20 percent glycerine or more
going to the evaporators.  Since there is no salt used in fat  splitting
there will be none in the sweet water.

The  water  from  the barometric condenser used in concentrating will be
slightly rich in BOD5 due to the carryover of glycerine.

Distillation

The concentrated glycerine (80 percent)is run into a still which,  under
reduced pressure, yields a finished product of 98+ percent purity.  Here
again a barometric condenser is used  to create the partial vacuum.

At room temperature, the still bottoms (also called glycerine foots)  are
a glassy dark brown amorphous solid rather rich in salt.  Water is mixed
with  the  still  bottoms  and  run   into  the waste water stream.  This
particular stream is very rich in BOD5, and readily biodegradable.  Many
alternative methods  of  disposal,  including  incineration,  have  been
evaluated, but the general practice is disposal in a waste water stream.

The  other waste water stream, the barometric condenser water, will also
contribute to the total BOD5/COD load from the glycerine still.


Some glycerine refining is done by passing the dilute  stream  over  ion
exchange  resin beds, both cationic and anionic, and then evaporating it
to 98+ percent glycerine content as a bottoms product.  This  method  is
suitable  where  there  are  copious  quantities  of water available and
energy costs are very high.

In the backwash of the ion exchange process the organic suspended solids
are stripped from the system.  The regeneration cycle of both  types  of
beds  will  add  a  significant dissolved solids load to the waste water
system.

There are frequently three sets, in series, of  both  cation  and  anion
exchange  resins  used in this process.  Each step is designed to reduce
the input load by 90 percent.  Some of  the  fat  splitting  plants  are
equipped with this type of unit.

SOAP FLAKES AND POWDERS (105)
                                 28

-------
                                      105SOAP FLAKES AND POWDERS
      1051  RECEIVING
           STORAGE-TRANSFER
1052 FLAKING
    CRUTCHING-DRYING
  1053  SPRAY DRYING
1054 PACKAGING
                                                                                                    PACKAGING
                                                                                                    EQUIPMENT
                                                   FLAKES TO
                                                   PACKAGING
           FILTER BACKWASH
           105129
                                            SCRUBBER
                                            WASTEWATER
                                            105201
                                                                        WASTEWATER
                                                                        105301
  LEAKS, SPILLS, STORM
  RUNOFFS, WASHOUTS.
  105202
LEAKS, SPILLS, STORM
RUNOFFS, WASHOUTS.
105302
                                                                 SCRUBBER
                                                                 WASTEWATER
                                                                 105401
                                                                                                                    SCRAP
                                                                                                                   • TO SOAP
                                                                                                                    RECYCLE
                                                                                                                  PACKAGED
                                                                                                                  SOAP TO
                                                                                                                  WAREHOUSE
ro
                                                  FIGURE

-------
Neat  soap (65 - 70 percent hot soap solution) may or may not be blended
with other products before flaking or powdering.  Neat soap is sometimes
filtered to remove gel particles and run into a crutcher for mixing with
builders.

After thorough mixing, the finished formulation is run  into  a  f laker.
This unit normally consists of a two roll "mill" having two steel rolls.
The  small  upper  one  is  steam-heated  while  the larger lower one is
chilled.  The soap solidifies on the lower one and is slit into  ribbons
as it sheets off the roller.

The  ribbons  are  fed  into  a  continuous oven heated by hot air.  The
emerging flakes contain 1 percent moisture.  As all  of  the  evaporated
moisture goes to the atmosphere, there is no waste water effluent.

In  spray drying, crutched, heated soap solution is sprayed into a spray
tower, or flash-dried by heating the soap solution  under  pressure  and
releasing  the  steam  in  the  spray  dryer under reduced pressure.  In
either case the final soap particle has a high ratio of surface area  to
unit of weight, which makes it readily dissolvable in water.

Some  operations  will  include a scrap soap rebcil to recover reclaimed
soap.  The soap reboil is salted out for  soap  recovery  and  the  salt
water  is  recycled.  After frequent recycling the salt water becomes so
contaminated that it must be discharged to the sewer.

Occasional washdown of the crutcher may be needed.  The tower is usually
cleaned down dry.  There is also some gland water which flows  over  the
pump  shaft  picking  up  any  minor leaks.  This will contribute a very
small, but finite, effluent loading.
The procedure for bar soap  manufacture  will  vary  significantly  from
plant  to  plant,  depending  upon the particular clientele served.  The
following description typifies bar soap manufacture.

In some processes additives are mixed with the neat soap in  a  crutcher
before  any drying takes place.  Another approach is to begin the drying
process with the hot neat soap going to  an  "atmospheric"  flash  dryer
followed  by a vacuum drying operation in which the vacuum is drawn by a
barometric condenser.  Soap is then double extruded into  short  ribbons
or  curls  and  sent  to  plodders  for  further  blending  or  physical
processing.  At this point the soap will normally have 8  -  14  percent
moisture depending upon the previous course of processing.

Next,  a milling operation affords the opportunity to blend in additives
as well as modify the physical properties of the soap.   This  operation
has  much more significance than just achieving uniformity in the mixing
of further added ingredients.  The physical chemistry of soap is  fairly
complex.   Unless a bar of soap is almost predominately left in the Beta
phase, as distinct from the Omega phase, longrange  solubility,  warping
resistance,  and  lathering  properties are poor.  Rapid chilling of the
                                  30

-------
                                                      106 BAR SOAPS
        1061  RECEIVING
            STORAGE-TRANSFER
                          1062 CRUTCHING AND DRYING
                          1063 SOAP MILLING
      7064 PACKAGING
NEAT SOAP
--D-
ADDITIVES
                                WATER
                       TO SOAP
                       MILLING
 CRUTCHER
                                             FLAKER
                                              DRYER
SCRUBBER
CONDENSER
            FILTER BACKWASH
            1 06129
                                                           ADPITIVES-
                                                            WATER
                                                               MIXER
•WATER
                                                                                                                       SCRAP TO
                                                                                                                       -SOAP
                                                                                                                       RECYCLE
                                                                       FINISHED SOAP
                                                                      -BARS AND CAKES
                                                                       TO WAREHOUSE
                                       WASTEWATER
                                       106201
                                                 WASHOUTS
                                                 106202
                                   WASTEWATER
                                   106301
                                                                                             WASHOUTS
                                                                                             106402
   U)
                                                         FIGURE  7

-------
soap puts it predominantly in Omega phase but successive  milling  steps
bring it back into Beta phase - hence the importance of milling.

The  mill consists of two polished rolls rotating at different speeds to
maximize the shearing forces.  After  milling,  the  soap  is  cut  into
ribbons and sent to the plodder.

The  plodder operates much like a sausage grinder.  It thus extrudes and
cuts the soap into small chips, followed by further mixing in which  all
of  the  individual pieces are melted together into an homogeneous mass.
The plodder is often operated under reduced air pressure so that any oc-
cluded air is removed in the blending process.  It has a powerful  screw
that forces the soap through minute holes in a perforated plate.

Plodding  completed,  the soap is extruded continuously in a cylindrical
form, cut to size,  molded  into  the  desired  form,  and  wrapped  for
shipment.   Most  of  the  scrap  in  this  operation is returned to the
plodder.

At times there will be soap scrap which has become too  dry  to  process
properly  in the plodder and it must be returned to earlier steps in the
soap making process.

The amount of water used in bar soap  manufacture  varies  greatly.   In
many  cases  the  entire  bar  soap processing operation is done without
generating a single waste water stream.  The equipment  is  all  cleaned
dry,   without  any  washups.   In  other  cases,  due  to  housekeeping
requirements associated with the particular bar soap process, there  are
one or more waste water streams from air scrubbers.

Since  we  are  dealing  with a consumer product with very distinct (and
important to the consumer) esthetic properties, all of  these  processes
can  claim  significance  and  essential  character  in  the making of a
particular bar.

Occupying a very minor position in the soap market, a bar made from cold
frame soap may be found.  After the saponification reaction,  this  soap
is  poured  directly  from the reactor into molds.  Upon cooling and the
completion of saponification, the molded soap is cut into bars.  The  en-
tire operation is carried out without the generation of any waste water.

LIO.UID SOAP U.071

Neat  soap  (often  the  potassium  soap of fatty acids)  is blended in a
mixing tank with other  ingredients  such  as  alcohols  or  glycols  to
produce  a finished product, or with pine oil and kerosene for a product
with greater solvency and versatility.  The final  blended  product  may
be,  and  often is, filtered to achieve a sparkling clarity before being
drummed.

In making liquid soap, water is used to wash out the  filter  press  and
other equipment.  Waste water effluent is minimal.
                                  32

-------
                                         107 LIQUID SOAP PROCESSING
                 7077 RECEIVING
                     STORAGE-TRANSFER
                                                  7072 BLENDING
                            7073 PACKAGING
POTASSIUM SOAPS-
ADPITIVES-
SOLVENTS-
                                                         BLENDER
                                                                                         PACKAGING
                                                                                         EQUIPMENT
                                                  LI QUID SOAPS
                                                  TO WAREHOUSE
                   LEAKS, SPILLS, STORM
                   RUNOFFS, WASHOUTS.
                   707702
WASHDOWNS;
HEELS. 707272
WASHOUTS
107302
                                                      FIGURE    8
 u>

-------
DETERGENT_PROCESS_DESCRIPTIONS

The  first  modern detergent introduced in the United States in 1933 was
an alkyl naphthalene sulfonate.  The primary reason for the  success  of
detergents  is  their  ability  to  overcome  the hard water behavior of
soaps.  Even though the detergents also react with hard water  minerals,
the  resulting  compounds  are themselves soluble, or remain colloidally
dispersed  in  the  water  system.   There  are  four  main  groups   of
detergents:

Anionics
Cationics
Amphoterics
Nonionics


Anionics  comprise  the  most (important  group of detergents.  They are
usually the sodium salts of anl-organic sulfate or  sulfonate.   Sulfates
are  made  from  long  chain  J'fatty  alcohols"  (of animal or petroleum
origin).  Sulfonates generally are made from alkyl aryl precursors.

By 1957 synthetic detergents took over 70  percent  of  the  market  for
soa-p-like products in the United States.

Cationic detergents are known as "inverted soaps" because the long chain
ion  is  of the opposite charge to that of a true soap when dispersed in
water.

This class of detergents is made  in  quite  small  volumes.   They  are
relatively  expensive  and  somewhat  harsh  on  the  skin.   They  make
excellent bacteriostats and fabric  softeners  and  are  used  for  this
purpose.

Nonionic  detergents  are  an  increasingly popular active ingredient of
automatic washing machine formulations.  These products  are  unaffected
by  hard water (they do not form ions) and are very low foamers (minimum
foam when agitated).  They are made by the addition of ethylene oxide to
an alcohol.

Amphoterics are those surface active agents which can either be  anionic
or  cationic, depending upon the pK of the system wherein they work.  An
important class chemically, they account for only a very  small  portion
of the detergent market.

DETERGENT MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

A   finished,  packaged  detergent  customarily  consists  of  two  main
components, the active ingredient (surfactant)   and'  the  builder.   The
function  of the surfactant is essentially that of wetting the substrate
to be cleaned.  The builder performs many functions including  buffering
the  pH,  soil  dispersion, and soil anti-redeposition.   Both classes of
materials are reguired for proper detergent performance.
                                34

-------
The processes described under this heading include  the  manufacture  of
the  surfactant  as  well as preparation of the finished detergent.  The
number following the title of each process refers to  the  process  flow
chart.
One  of  the  most  important  active  ingredients  of detergents is the
alcohol sulfate or alkyl benzene  sulfonate  -  and  particularly  those
products made via the oleum route.

In most cases the sulfonation/sulf ation is carried out continuously in a
reactor where the oleum (a solution of sulfur trioxide in sulfuric acid)
is  brought  into  intimate  contact  with  the  hydrocarbon or alcohol.
Reaction is rapid.  The stream is then mixed, with water and  sent  to  a
settler.

Prior  to  the  addition  of  water the stream is an homogeneous liquid.
With the addition of water, two phases develop and separate.  The dilute
sulfuric acid is drawn off and usually returned to an oleum manufacturer
for reprocessing up to the original strength.   The  sulf onated/sulfated
material is sent on to be neutralized with caustic.

This process is normally operated continuously and performs indefinitely
without  need  of  periodic  clean  out.  Pump glands occasionally leak.
Anticipating this problem, a stream of water  is  normally  played  over
pump  shafts to pick up such a leak is it occurs, as well as to cool the
pump.  The flow of waste water from this  source  is  quite  modest  but
continual.

AIR-S03 SULFATION/SULFONATION  (202^

This  process  for surfactant manufacture has numerous unique advantages
and is used extensively.  In the oleum sulfation of alcohols,  formation
of  water  stops  the  reaction short of completion because it reaches a
state of equilibrium, resulting in low yields.

With SO3 sulfation, no water is generated, hydrolysis cannot  occur  and
the reaction proceeds in one direction only.

The  absence  of  water in the S03 reaction  is of a lesser importance in
sulfonation.  What is particularly troublesome in the use of  oleum  for
alcohol  sulfation is that water cannot be used for oleum separation due
to the potential  hydrolysis that would take  place.  Even  if  this  were
not  a worry, no  phase separation of the components takes place with the
addition of water to sulfated alcohols in oleum.

SO_3 sulfonation/sulf ation is also quite amenable to batch processing and
in this manner can produce products having a minimum of  sodium  sulfate
 (all  of  the  excess  of  SO^,  or  sulfuric  acid in the case of oleum
sulfonation, will be converted into sodium sulfate in the neutralization
step with caustic) .  Another advantage of the SO_3 process is its ability
                                  35

-------
207 OLEUM SULFATION AND SULFONATION (BATCH AND CONTINUOUS)
2011 RECEIVING
   STORAGE-TRANSFER
20/2 SULFONATION

       WATER CAUSTIC
2013 SPENT ACID
    SEPARATION
m r~t IM , ,

AL.fs.Yf. DkiM£hNh
ALUUl lULo





i
i
i
i
i
















OLEUM
FUME
SCRUBBER
I
1

WASTE-
WATER
207707






LEAKS, SPILLS, STORM
RUNOFFS, WASHOUTS.
20? 702




T
COOLING"
WATER
-WATER
r
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
«-,
i i




t t
REACTOR
4

»-


* SCRUBBER
I
s

* t
COOLING
WATER
207200
WASTE-
WATER
207207


WATER*

MIXER

*-
1
1
1
1
\
LEAKS, SPILLS, STORM
RUNOFFS, WASHOUTS.
207202

WASHOUTS
201302


SETTLER

1
SPENT ACID
201305

                                                                            SULFONIC ACID
                                                                            ANDSULFURIC
                                                                            ACID ESTER TO
                                                                            NEUTRALIZATION
                              FIGURE

-------
               202  AIR-SO3  SULFATION AND SULFONATION (BATCH AND CONTINUOUS)
               2027  RECEIVING
                   STORAGE-TRANSFER
2022 SULFUR BURNING
2023 SULFONATION-SULFATION
 SULFUR
 SO3 LIQUID
 ALKYL BENZENE
 ALCOHOLS
 ETHOXYLATES
                        CONDENSATE
                        202106
                  LEAKS, SPILLS, STORM
                  RUNOFFS, WASHOUTS.
                  202702
                                                     WATER

                                                     CAUSTIC
                                                                                                   SULFONIC ACID AND
                                                                                                  _SULFURIC ACID ESTER
                                                                                                   TO NEUTRALIZATION
                                                                                                   AND SALES
SULFURIC ACID
202309




I
I
1
\
VENTG
202308


WASHOUTS
202302
OJ
                                                 FIGURE   10

-------
to successively sulfate and  sulfonate  an  alcohol  and  a  hydro-carbon
respectively.

Care  must  be  excercised  in  the  SO3  process  to  control  reaction
conditions - particularly temperature - to minimize char  formation  and
possible sulfonation of the hydrocarbon chain of the alcohol.

Because  of this reaction's particular tendency to char the product, the
reactor system must be  cleaned  thoroughly  on  a  regular  basis.   In
addition  there are usually several airborne sulfonic acid streams which
must be scrubbed, with  the  waste  water  going  to  the  sewer  during
sulfation.

SO3_  can  be  generated at the plant by burning sulfur or sulfur dioxide
with air instead of obtaining it as a liquid.  See the accompanying flow
sheet for the process.  For further technical information see Secrion X.

§O3 SOLVENT AND VACUUM _SULFONATION  (203^

Undiluted SO3_ and organic reactant  are  fed  into  the  vacuum  reactor
through a mixing nozzle (vacuum maintained at 0.06 atm  (5" Hg) .  Recycle
is  accomplished by running the flashed product through a heat exchanger
back into the reactor.  The main advantage of the system is  that  under
vacuum  the  303  concentration  and  operating temperature is kept low,
thereby assuring high product guality.   Offsetting  this  is  the  high
operating cost of maintaining the vacuum.

SULFAMIC_ACID_SULFATION__[20«1

Sulfamic  acid  is  a  mild  sulfating  agent  and  is used only in very
specialized quality areas because of the high reagent price.  The system
is of particular value in the sulfation of ethoxylates.

The small specialty manufacturer may use  this  route  for  making  high
quality  alcohol  sulfates,  equivalent  to that from the chlorosulfonic
acid route, substituting high reagent cost for high capital costs of the
chlorosulfonic route.
For products requiring high quality sulfates, chlorosulfonic acid is  an
excellent  agent.   It  is  a  mild  sulfating agent, yields no water of
sulfation and generates pratically no side reactions.  It is a corrosive
agent and generates HC1 as a by-product.

An excess of about 5 percent chlorosulfonic acid is often used.  It will
yield an inorganic salt upon neutralization which is undesirable in some
applications  as  it  can  result  in  salt  precipitation   in   liquid
formulations, etc.


NEU TR ALI Z AT I ON_OF_ SULFUR I C_ AC I D ESTERS
                                  38

-------
                        203 - SO3 SOLVENT AND VACUUM SULFONATION
                2031 RECEIVING
              STORAGE - TRANSFER
                        2032
SULFONATION
2033 SULFONATION
ALKYL BENZENE


ALCOHOLS 	
ETHOXYLATES

S00	
SO3 LIQUID
                u
  vo
LEAKS, SPILLS,
STORM RUNOFFS,
WASHOUTS
203102
                                             CONDENSATE
                                             203206
                                          CONDENSATE
                                          203217
                                   WASTEWATER
                                   203301
                                                WASHOUTS 203202
                             WASHOUTS 203302
                                                                                                    SULFONIC
                                                                                                    ACID
                                                 FIGURE   11

-------
.p-
o
                                     204 SULFAMIC ACID SULFATION
     ALCOHOLS-
     ETHOXYLATES-
     SULFAMICACID-
                     2047  RECEIVING
                         STORAGE-TRANSFER
2042 SULFATION
                        LEAKS, SPILLS, STORM
                        RUNOFFS, WASHOUTS.
                        204102
                                                        SOLVENTS
                                                                                             WATER
                                                                                             CAUSTIC
                                                                                             AMMONIUM ALKYL
                                                                                             SULFATES
            WASTE WATER
            204207
                                                                      WASHOUTS
                                                                      204202
                                                   FIGURE   12

-------
                                205  CHLOROSULFONIC ACID SULFATION
                    2051 RECEIVING
                        STORAGE-TRANSFER
2052 SULFATION
CHLOROSULFONIC ACID
ALCOHOLS
ETHOXYLATES
                       LEAKS, SPILLS, STORM
                       RUNOFFS, WASHOUTS.
                       205102
                                                                              SCRUBBER
                                                                       REACTOR
           WASTEWATER
           205201
                                                                     WASHOUTS
                                                                     205202
                          WATER

                          CAUSTIC
                        ^ ALKYL SULFURIC ACID ESTER
                          TO NEUTRALIZATION
                                                 FIGURE  13

-------
206 NEUTRALIZATION OF SULFURIC ACID ESTERS AND SULFONIC ACIDS
   2061  RECEIVING
       STORAGE-TRANSFER
2062 LIQUID NEUTRALIZATION
2063 DRY NEUTRALIZATION
ACIDS:
SULFURIC ACID ESTERS""
SULFONIC ACIDS
BASES 	
OTHER INGREDIENTS:
WATER; SOLVENTS;
HYnnn~rnnprc-
ADDITIVES


	 ^













TO DRY NEUTRAL
TO DRY NEUTRAL
TO DRY NEUTRAL

^
N,^




*" SCHU

NEUTRAL-
IZATION
REACTOR

BBER {£
I
I
k
\
;
f
I
I
I
I
1 	
         WASTE WATER
         206201
                                                    WATER
                                                    CAUSTIC
                              ACIDS
                                                    LIQUID PRODUCTS
                                                    AND SLURRIES TO
                                                    SALE, BLENDING,
                                                    OR CRUTCHING

                                                             BASES:

                                                          OTHER
                                                       INGREDIENTS:




'
/


*•

*•
4
y>
RIBBON
BLENDER

/






S
SCRUBBER „

                                                                              I
                                                                              I
                                                                             y
                                                      DRY PRODUCTS
                                                      TO STORAGE
                                                                         WASTEWATER
                                                                         206301
                                                        .WATER
                                         WASHOUTS
                                         2062O2
                                           WASHOUTS
                                           206302
                                     FIGURE   14

-------
This   step   is  essential  in  the  manufacture  of  detergent  active
ingredients; it converts the acidic hydrophylic portion of the  molecule
to a neutral salt.

Alcohol  sulfates  are  somewhat  more  difficult to neutralize than the
alkylbenzene sulfonic acids due to the sensitivity to hydrolysis of  the
alcohol  derivative.  For this reason, neutralization is usually carried
out at a pH above 7 and as rapidly as possible.

This is not a difficult feat for those who neutralize continuously,  but
it  is more of a problem for the batch processor unless he has excellent
stirring.

As a result of hydrolysis occurring in the  neutralization  step,  there
will  be some free alcohol generated which would be picked up in the oil
and grease analysis.  As a product this is riot all bad  since  the  free
alcohol can actually be considered a foam stabilizer in some situations.
If  used  in  heavy  duty  products, the alcohol tends to be lost in the
spray tower.

SPRAY DRIED DETERGENTS  (207)^

This is another critical area of detergent manufacture.  In this segment
of processing, the neutralized sulfonates and/or sulfates are brought to
the  crutcher  where  they  are  blended  with  requisite  builders  and
additives.   From  here the slurry is pumped to the top of a spray tower
of about 4.5 - 6.1 m (15 - 20ft) in diameter by 45 - 61m  (150 - 200  ft)
high  where  nozzles,  around  the  top,  spray  out detergent slurry of
approximately 70 percent concentration.

A large volume of hot air enters the bottom of the tower rising to  meet
the  falling  detergent.   For  low density products, hot gas and powder
flow concurrently downward.

This step is critical in that the detergent particles' shape,  size  and
density are determined by all of the design preparation made previously,
and  the  shape  and size in turn will largely determine dusting and the
solubility rate of the detergent itself in the washing process.

The air coming from the tower will be carrying dust particles which must
be essentially eliminated to meet air quality standards.

Due to product change and buildup of  combustible  deposits,  the  spray
towers  are  periodically  shut^ down and cleaned.  This practice varies
from two or three times a week to once in  two  weeks  or  longer.   One
thing  that  all tower operations share is the cleaning process.  First,
the easily available material sticking to the tower walls is scraped  to
be recycled if at all possible, or sent to solid waste.

Men  are sent into the tower with abrading equipment to continue the dry
cleaning process.  Here again, the  product  is  usually  preserved  for
reuse or disposed of as a solid waste.
                                   43

-------
                                                 207SPRAY DRIED DETERGENTS
207) RECEIVING
    STORAGE-TRANSFER
                                          2072 CRUTCHING
                                                                                   207J SPRAY DRYING
                                                                                                                        2074 BLENDING AND PACKAGING
ACTIVES:
 LAS SLURRY; ALCOHOL
 SULFATE SLURRY;
 ETHOXYLATES

BUILDERS:
 PHOSPHATES; SILICATES;
 CARBONATES; SULFATES;
 BORATES	

ADDITIVES:
 AMIDES; SOAPS; FLOUR
 ESCENT WHITENERS;
 PERFUMES; DYES; PER-
 BORATE; CMC; ANTICAKING
 AGENTS; ENZYMES
FINISHED
DETERGENTS
TO WAREHOUSE
                                                                                                                                                SCRAP TO RECYCLE
                                                                                                                                                OR SOLID WASTE
                                                                                                                                                2O7416
                                                                   FIGURE   15

-------
Finally,  the  tower  is  thoroughly washed down by spraying streams all
over the  inside  surface.   The  final  step  is  mandatory  since  the
detergent  manufacturers must be very careful to avoid any mixing of any
phosphate-nonphosphate  formulations,  white  with  colored  systems  or
anionic with nonionic formulations.

The  mixing  problem  is  compounded  somewhat  by  the  fact  that some
detergent manufacturers custom process for a variety of marketers  which
requires more frequent spray tower "turnaround".

Waste water streams are rather numerous  (see accompanying flow sheet for
process).  They include many washouts of equipment from the crutchers to
the spray tower itself.  One waste water flow which has high loadings is
that  of  the  air scrubber which cleans and cools the hot gases exiting
from this tower.  This is only  one  of  the  several  units  in  series
utilized  to  minimize  the  particulate  matter  being  sent  into  the
atmosphere.

All of the plants recycle some of the waste water  generated.   Some  of
the plants recycle all of the flows generated.

Due  to  increasingly  stringent air quality requirements, we can expect
that fewer plants will be able to maintain a complete recycle system  of
all  water  flows  in  the  spray  tower  area.  In the case of the fast
"turnaround" tower, they, too,  are  unable  to  utilize  all  of  their
scrubber and other wash waters.

After  the  powder  comes from the spray tower it is further blended and
then packaged.  Solid wastes from this area are usually recycled.

LIQUID DETERGENTS  (208)

Sulfonated and sulfated products as produced in processes  described  in
201  -  206  are  pumped  into  mixing tanks where they are blended with
numerous ingredients, ranging from perfumes to  dyes.   From  here,  the
fully formulated liquid detergent is run down to the filling line.

The  filling  line usually consists of a long conveyor which passes many
stations.  Each station performs a given task, such as filling, capping,
checking weight, labeling, etc.   Often,  soap  solutions  are  used  to
lubricate  the conveyor so that the bottles flow smoothly past the vari-
ous stations.

Whenever the filling line is to  change  to  a  different  product,  the
filling  system must be thoroughly cleaned out.  This is equally true of
the mixing equipment.  Properties of differing  products  are  often  so
contrasting  that  there  must  be no cross contamination, otherwise the
performance and other specifications  cannot  be  met.   To  avoid  this
problem  the  mixing  equipment  and  all filling plumbing is thoroughly
flushed with water until it runs clear.

DRY DETERGENT BLENDING (209)
                                  45

-------
                                       208 LIQUID DETERGENT MANUFACTURE
                        2081  RECEIVING
                             STORAGE-TRANSFER
            2082  BLENDING
                                     2083  PACKAGING
ACTIVES:
 LAS;SULFONICACID;
 ETHER SULFATES;
 OLEFINSULFONATES;
 ETHER SULFONATES;
 AMINE OXIDES; AMIDES
BUILDERS:
 PHOSPHATES; SILICATES
ADDITIVES:
 HYDROTROPES;
 SOLVENTS; COLOR;
 PERFUME
WATER.
                 MIXERS
WATER
TREATMENT
                         I	
                                    BULK
                                    DETERGENT
                                    SALES
                                                           WASHDOWN
                                                           208212
                                          PACKAGING
                                          EQUIPMENT
 CASE GOODS
"TO WAREHOUSE
                         FIGURE   16
                WASHOUTS
                208202
                                                      CONTAINER
                                                      WASHINGS
                                                      208310
                                                          SOLID WASTE
                                                          208309
                                           LEAKS, SPILLS,
                                           WASHOUTS
                                           208302

-------
                           209 DETERGENT MANUFACTURE BY DRY BLENDING
                    2091 RECEIVING
                        STORAGE-TRANSFER
2092 DRY BLENDING
2093 PACKAGING
ACTIVES:
 LAS SLURRY; FLAKES;
 BEADS; SULFONIC ACID;
 AMIDES; ETHOXYLATES

BUILDERS:
 SILICATES; CARBONATES;
 PHOSPHATES; BORATES

ADDITIVES:
 CMC; ANT I CAKING AGENTS;
 COLORS; PER FUMES;
 ABRASIVES; DIATOMACEOUS
 EARTH; PUMICE


TS;
OUS












X.


/









BLENDER

»

STORAGE




-*- BULK
DETERGENT
SALES



PACKAGING
EQUIPMENT





                                                             CASE GOODS
                                                             TO WAREHOUSE
                                                    SOLID WASTE
                                                    209209
                                             SOLID WASTE
                                             2093O9
                                               u
     WASHOUTS
     209202
    WASHOUTS
    209302
                                                 FIGURE   17

-------
Fully dried "active"  (surfactant) materials are blended with  additives,
including  builders,  in  dry  mixers.  In the more sophisticated plants
mixing time is utilized to  the  maximum  by  metering  components  into
weighing  bins  prior  to loading into mixers.  When properly mixed, the
homogeneous dry product is packed for shipment.

Normal operation will see many succeeding batches of detergent mixed  in
the same equipment without anything but dry cleaning.  This procedure is
followed   until  the  next  formulation  to  be  blended  must  not  be
contaminated with even an almost negligible  amount  of  the  previously
prepared  product.  At this time the equipment must be completely washed
down.

For this reason, a modest amount of waste  water  is  required  for  the
blender to maintain specification requirements.

The  products  fulfill  a  wide variety of industrial cleaning uses from
dairy cleaning to box car washing.  They are also used to some extent in
household products.

DRUM_DRIED_ DETERGENTS_i21£JL

Drum drying of detergents is an old  process.   Much  of  the  equipment
still in use is well over thirty years old.  The process yields a fairly
friable  product  which  can  become  quite  dusty  with  any  extensive
handling.

There are several types of drum driers; those which have double rotating
heated drums with liquid feed coming onto the space  above  and  between
the  rolls,  and a twin-drum dryer with dip or flash feed.  The dip feed
is a pan in which the "bottom" of the roll or drum picks up material  to
be dried.

The  thin layer is removed continuously by a knife blade onto conveyors.
The powder is substantially anhydrous.  The vapors coming off are  often
collected and removed through a vapor head between the drums.

The  rolls  of a drum dryer are often 0.6- 1.8 m (2 - 6 ft)  in diameter
and 0.9 - 4.5 m (3 - 15 ft)  long with revolution speeds of 5 -  10  rpm.
About  6-15 seconds residence time is provided the slurry on hot metal
surface which is short enough to  avoid  degradation  of  heat-sensitive
products.

As an example of the limitations of drying capacity, the capacity of the
drum  varies between 4.5 and 48.8 kg of finished product per sq meter of
drying surface per hour (between 1 and 10 Ib per sq ft per hour).

This operation should be essentially free of generation of  waste  water
discharge other than an occasional washdown.

DETERGENT_BARS_AN1D_CAKES_12111
                                  48

-------
                     210 DRUM DRIED DETERGENT
2101 RECEIVING
    STORAGE-TRANSFER
2/02 DRUM DRYING
2103 PACKAGING
ACTIVE*! 	

ADDITIVEt ..









z:













r

SCRUBBER }*-]

CRUTCHER

I 	
i
I
	
1
1
1
1
J
1 *
1
1
1
1
J
DRUM
DRIER


STOR-
AGE




BULK
DETERGENT
SALES



PACKAGING
EQUIPMENT



\ \


                                                                                       PACKAGED
                                                                                     *- GOODS TO
                                                                                       WAREHOUSE
WASTEWATER
2/020?

, WASHOUTS
2/0202
                                                                       WASHOUTS
                                                                       210302
                              FIGURE   18

-------
  Ui
  o
                                   211 DETERGENT BARS AND CAKES
           2111 RECEIVING          2112 MIXING
               STORAGE-TRANSFER      WORKING-CONDITIONING
                                      2113 STAMPING-PACKAGING
ACTIVE INGREDIENTS
BUILDERS
ADDITIVES
                                    SOLID WASTE
                                    211209
          WASTEWATER
          211201
                                 LJ
WASHOUTS
211202
                                                                        BAR
                                                                        DETERGENTS
                                                                        TO
                                                                        WAREHOUSE
                                                                                                               DETERGENT
                                                                                                               CAKES
SCRAP SOAP
TO RECYCLE
                                                    FIGURE   19

-------
In  answer to the need for a "bar soap" which performs satisfactorily in
hard water, the detergent industry manufactures  and  markets  detergent
bars.  They constitute about 20 percent of the toilet bar market.

There  are  two  types  of  "detergent"  bars, those made of 100 percent
synthetic surfactant and those blending synthetic surfactant with soap.

Once the active ingredients have been manufactured they are  blended  in
essentially  the  same  manner and in similar type of equipment used for
conventional soap.

Due to the sensitive nature of the surfactant portion of  the  detergent
bar,   fairly  frequent  cleanups,  including  equipment  washdowns  are
required.  Otherwise thermally degraded surfactant will contaminate  the
bar leading to such undesirable properties as stickiness and off-color.

FORMULATIONS


Soaps,  detergents,  and cleaning agents - some of the latter containing
specific ingredients for specified cleaning purposes -  contain  a  wide
variety of chemical compounds to carry out the functions of the cleaning
process involved.  In the case of soap, the sodium or potassium salts of
a range of fatty acids, having carbon numbers of 8 to 22, constitute the
principal  surfactant  or  cleansing  agent.   In  addition,  there is a
certain amount of salt, NaCl, included in soap to perform  the  function
of  having an electrolyte present, which increases diffusion and surface
orientation, by ion reactions.  Glycerine, itself, is often left in  the
soap,  or purposely added, for its general effect in promoting a feeling
of softness and slipperiness, the latter feature being  one  that  leads
the  user  to  thoroughly  wash off soap residue, especially in personal
use.

In the case of a typical  all-purpose  household  detergent,  a  general
average  of  approximately  ten  chemical  components  are included in a
typical formulation.  All these compounds  have  definite  functions  to
produce  a  balanced  detergent.  The principal component, of course, is
the  surfactant itself, typically, an  alkyl-aryl  sulfonate;  a  sulfate
salt  of  lauryl  alcohol;  and  various types of sulfates or sulfonates
derived from ethoxylated alcohol or  of  other  aromatic  compound  sul-
fonates.   The  surfactant  itself  is  largely  effective  in  reducing
interfacial tension between the surface to  be  cleansed  and  the  soil
deposit  itself.   Typically,  detergents  contain  approximately 5-30
percent of such surfactant active-ingredient  material.

An important ingredient in detergents, at least up to  the  present,  is
the  radical  phosphate,  POU,  which is included in a variety of forms,
discussed later.  The function of the phosphate is that of a  disperser,
a  suspender,  an  emulsifier,  and  a  buffer  to  reduce  the  general
alkalinity of the surfactants and produce a detergent in the pH range of\
7.0  - 9.0.  The phosphate ion has been an important multiple functioning
ingredient in detergents.  If it is reduced by laws, these functions  of
a detergent will  have to be handled by other  compounds that then need to
                                   51

-------
be  included  in   a   formulation.    Another   major   constituent  of most
detergents  is an  inorganic  salt.   Most typically, these   are  either  in
the   form   of sodium  sulfate  and,  occasionally,  sodium chloride or other
added  inorganic   salts.    In  detergents  they  serve  the  purpose  of
diminishing the   interfacial  tension,  particularly that between water,
carrying the detergent, and the soil deposition  to   be   removed.   They
also  act   for this reason  as a disperser of  the soiling.  Additionally,
an important function is to ^provide  an electrolyte;  i.e., an ion content
which enhances and accelerates the interchange and   surface  orientation
of  wetting and   organic   solubilizing portions  of a molecule.  These
inorganics  are usually present up  to about 20 percent  in  the  typical
formulated  detergent.

Methyl  cellulose,  in amounts of  about 1 percent,  are  present in many
detergent formulations to reduce redeposition of the  soiling,  once  it
has been removed  from the soiled surface.  Silica, in various forms, but
usually in the   form of  sodium  silicate, to an extent  of 5 percent or
less, is included  in  many formulations  to  minimize  the  corrosion  of
metals, particularly  those  present in a  drum  liner or other washing con-
tainer   surfaces.     Fatty   acids,   such  as   are   used  in  the  soap
manufacturing process  by neutralization, are  added   up  to  a  range  of
about  3  percent,  largely to enhance foam stability and, therefore, to
prevent an  over-use of the  detergent  in  the   washing   solution.   The
borates are also  generally  added,  often  in the form  of sodium perborate.
These  borate  compounds  are  added  up to an extent of  10 percent, and
serve the purpose  of  bleaching a fabric and/or removing   stain  deposits
of  soiling on textile surfaces.  In addition to these components there
are often perfumes added, as  well  as  anti-oxidants.   Dyes  are  often
added as brighteners,  even  fluorescent dyes,  so  that  the  reflectivity of
the   surface  is   enhanced,   making   it  look brighter.  Obviously, the
perfumes are to give  a more pleasing  odor and aroma.  The  anti-oxidants
are   added,  particularly when there  are fatty acids  in the composition,
to avoid a  noticeably  rancid  odor.

In general, cleaning  compounds contain far more  of  the  inorganic  salt
compounds,  which  are more   efficacious  in cleaning  duties  against
surfaces such as dishware,  flooring,  and  in  the  cleaning  of  machine
parts,  after  oil  has  been  used   during lathing operations.  Thus, a
typical floor cleaning formulation contains as much   as  60  percent  of
sodium  silicate,  as  much  as 10 percent of phosphates, in the form of
tri-polyphosphate, also, occasionally the  tetravalent  potassium  pyro-
phosphate.   The   surfactant   in   such cases is  usually an alkyl-aryl
sulfonate to make up the balance of the composition.   Hand  dishwashing
detergents  contain active  ingredients such as amine  oxides and sulfated
ethoxylated lauryl alcohols.   The  industrial  machine  dishwasher products
are compounded as high as 50  percent  by weight sodium tri-polyphosphate,
another 25  - 50 percent sodium metasilicate  (anhydrous)   and  a  minor
amount  2-5 percent organic  surfactant.

Sodium  carbonate, present either as the normal divalent carbonate,  or as
the   sesqui-carbonate,  in  amounts ranging up to 10 percent,  is commonly
used.   Again, a tri-polyphosphate  is  included  to  the  extent  of  10
percent or up to the balance  of the detergent, if it is a powder.
                                  52

-------
Of  all  the  functions, mentioned earlier with re$pect to the compound,
illustrating the functions, the main purpose of  a  soap,  detergent  or
cleaning  agent  must  be  to loosen occluded soils and to suspend it so
that it does not redeposit.  Accordingly, the  basic  principle  of  the
surfactant,  even  as  soap  itself,  is the lowering of the interfacial
tension between the systems consisting of the fabric or  surface  to  be
cleaned  and  the  soiling  on  that surface.  Frequently the surfactant
function is accomplished by components which also reduce the interfacial
tension between the water in the system, and the  air.   This  leads  to
high  foaming compositions which are not useful in actually cleaning and
removing the soiling depositions.

In the case of soap, now used mostly for personal body  care,  the  main
function  is that of interfacial separation, from the epithelial or skin
surface and the soiling, which can be produced by the  body  itself,  as
well  as from extraneous particulate matter, oils and greases.  The main
components of the body's own soiling are those of the fatty  acid-esters
which  range  in  composition  from  carbon  numbers  C5 up to C37.  The
compounds of lower molecular weight are generally the fatty  acid  salts
themselves or the fatty acid esters of these salts.  The other main soil
components  are the usual sebaceous gland exudate, consisting largely of
the esters of glycerine.

These glyceryl esters  are  not  unlike  those  found  in  fats  itself;
however,  they  range  in  chemical  structure  and composition to a far
greater extent than in the  soap  fatty  acids.   Another  component  of
sebaceous  soiling is the androstanyl-sterols and squalenes.  These have
molecular weights as high as C37 and range down to those in the order of
C19.  These esters are particularly difficult to remove, as the sebum is
itself a very complex physical-chemical inter-diffused solid  and  semi-
solid solution.

Surface  tension  reducing agents, such as inorganic salts, are not very
useful in the cleansing problem requiring the use  of  a  soap.   Again,
they serve mostly the function of decreasing interfacial tension between
air and water; and roughly for each per cent of content in the cleansing
solution  they  reduce  the surface tension by approximately 2 dynes per
centimeter.  Their equivalency can  be  obtained  readily,  without  the
foaming  disadvantage,  simply  by  raising  the temperature of cleaning
about 10 C  (50 F) which gives the equivalent net effect.

As mentioned, there are a variety of inorganic salt compounds which  are
found   in   detergents   and  serve  to  perform  the  functions  first
illustrated.  While normally, in soap,  sodium  chloride  is  the  usual
electrolyte,  the  compounded  detergents  have  a  far broader range of
inorganic compounds to serve functions illustrated earlier.  In addition
to the usual salts of sulfuric  acid,  usually  present  as  the  sodium
sulfate,  there  are  a variety of carbonates, silicates, phosphates and
borates.
                                  53

-------
                               SECTION IV

                        INDUSTRY CATEGORIZATION

Introduction

There are several ways in which' the soap and detergent industry could be
categorized.  While each may have its own special rationale, the  search
was  for the system of categorization that would best identify potential
waste water sources and controls, provide a  permit  granting  authority
with a way to analyze a specific plant regardless of its complexity, and
permit  monitoring for compliance without undue complication or expense.
The systems examined included  categorization  by  raw  materials  used,
wastes  discharged,  finished products manufactured, processes employed,
and plant size or age.

Systems based solely  on  raw  materials  used,  wastes  discharged,  or
finished  products manufactured are either overly complex, even if based
on generic chemical groups, or highly arbitrary if  greatly  simplified.
This  is  true  in  respect  to  both  categorization and monitoring for
compliance.   Furthermore,  they  take  into  consideration   only   the
potentials  for  waste generation that are inherent in the nature of the
materials   (e.g.,  boiling  point,  solubility,  etc.)   and  ignore  the
potentials of other factors such as processes employed.

The  operations  of the soap and detergent industry may be considered to
consist of application of processes to raw materials for  production  of
intermediates,  which  in  turn  are  subjected to further processing to
arrive at the finished or  marketed  products.   There  is  an  intimate
relationship  within  chains  of raw materials, intermediates, processes
and finished products with the  processes  employed  being  the  key  to
obtaining  the finished products from the raw materials.  Thus, a system
of categorization based on processes reflects all variables that  affect
raw waste discharges.

Plants  employing  specific  sets  of  processes  tend to be of the same
general age and  the  principal  effect  of  age  is  reflected  in  the
processes  utilized   (e.g.,  kettle  boiling  of  fats versus continuous
neutralization of fatty acids for production of neat soap), not  in  the
level  of  raw  waste  load  generated by a particular set of processes.
Moreover, the determination of age is complicated  by  extensive  repair
and  replacement  of  process  units.  For example, what is the age of a
large kettle boiling facility originally constructed 50 years  ago,  but
in which an average of one kettle has been reconstructed every two years
for  the  past  thirty  years?   What is the age of a spray drying tower
constructed in 1930 for manufacturing soap granules,  modified  in  1946
for  production  of  spray  dried  detergents, and subjected to periodic
replacement of  working   parts  since  modification?   In  view  of  the
foregoing,  age  of plants is not considered to be a practical basis for
categorization.

Plant size  as a basis for  categorization  is  even  more  complex  than
evaluation  of age.  Some independents have relatively small plants that

-------
in complexity of processes employed equal  the  largest  plants  of  the
major  international companies.  A relatively small operation consisting
of a single process chain  (e.g., production of bar soaps utilizing fatty
acid neutralization) may equal in size the  comparable  segment  of  the
largest complex plant.  Size of plant may be the result of difference in
the  physical  size  of  individual  units of equipment or the number of
units of the same physical size.  Thus,  categorization  based  on  size
would  result  in  an  unmanageable  welter  of  categories,  with  many
representing only one or a very few plants.

Though plant size cannot be used as a basis for orderly  categorization,
and  thus  is  not  reflected  in the proposed guidelines and standards,
there  are  factors  generally  associated  with  size  that  should  be
considered.   The  complexity  of a plant  (i.e., number of processes and
products) is frequently associated with size, the small  plants  tending
to  be  more  limited  in  diversity.  This may curtail the ability of a
small plant to work off a by-product or waste as  a  feed  material  for
other processes.  Similarly, the limited volume of a waste produced in a
small   plant   may  prohibit  installation  of  by-product  utilization
processes  (e.g., use of nigre from kettle boiling for manufacture of pet
soaps and soap-based lubricants) on a scale that is economically viable.

Categorization

The  categorization  consists   of   two   major   categories   and   19
subcategories.  The major categories follow the natural division of soap
manufacturing (production of alkaline metal salts of fatty acids derived
from  natural  fats and oils) and detergent manufacturing (production of
sulfated and sulfonated cleaning agents from manufactured raw materials,
primarily  petroleum  derivatives).   The  subcategories  are  based  on
discrete  manufacturing units employed by the industry for conversion of
raw materials to intermediated products and conversion  of  intermediate
products  to  finished/marketed  products.   A  manufacturing  unit  may
contain a single process (e.g., continuous neutralization for production
of neat soap by fatty acid neutralization)  or  a  number  of  processes
(e.g.,  crutching, drying, milling, plodding, stamping and packaging for
production of bar soaps from neat soap).

Several advantages result from the categorization.  It accounts for  the
variable  effects  on  raw  waste  loads  attributable to raw materials,
processes and finished product.  The potential sources  and  natures  of
waste  waters  are  readily  discernible,  as are the potential in-plant
control measures.  It is amenable  to  use  in  development  of  permits
irrespective of the complexity of a plant.

The subcategories are as follows:

                                SOAP MANUFACTURE

     Soap Manufacture by Batch Kettle  (101)*
     Fatty Acid Manufacture by Fat Splitting (102)
     Soap Manufacture by Fatty Acid Neutralization (103)
     Glycerine Concentration (104A)
                                  56

-------
 Glycerine Distillation (104B)
 Soap Flakes and Powders (105)
 Bar Soaps  (106)
 Liquid Soap (107)

                           DETERGENT MANUFACTURE

 Oleum Sulfonation and Sulfation  (Batch and Continuous)  (201)
 Air-S03_ Sulfation and Sulfonation  (Batch and Continuous)  (202)
 SO3 Solvent and Vacuum Sulfonation  (203)
 Sulfamic Acid Sulfation (204)
 Chlorosulfonic Acid Sulfation  (205)
 Neutralization of Sulfuric Acid Esters and Sulfonic Acids  (206)
 Spray Dried Detergent  (207)
 Liquid Detergent Manufacture  (208)
 Detergent Manufacturing by Dry Blending  (209)
 Drum Dried Detergents  (210)
 Detergent Bars and Cakes  (211)

*The  numbers  shown after the subcategories are used throughout the
report to identify the subcategories/processes.

-------
                              SECTION V

                       WASTE CHARACTERIZATION

INTRODUCTION


Numerous organic and  inorganic  chemical  compounds  are  used  in  the
manufacture  of  soaps and detergents.  As the reactions are carried out
some of these materials and their derivatives  enter  the  waste  waters
from  the  processing  steps.   These  materials  are  then  treated  as
contaminants  and  processed  as  waste  water  in  conventional   waste
treatment  units.   In  discussion of the individual unit processes that
follow, the sources and nature of waste waters  are  presented  in  some
detail.  The numbers associated with the processes and waste streams are
keyed to the process flow sheets, Figures 1 through 19.

SOAP MANUFACTURE BY BATCH KETTLE —  (PROCESS 101)


Introduction

Effluents of this process arise from three sources.   Handling  of  fats
and oils results in leaks and spills  (streams 101102 and 101202).  These
are  usually collected with water and the fats skimmed.  Pretreatment of
the fats or oils results in process  waste  waters  101321  and  101218.
Soap  making  results in two by-products, 101319 and 101320, which gene-
rally are disposed of as waste waters.  These streams are  discussed  in
detail in the following sections.

Water and Waste^Water Balance

Water  for  this  process will usually come from municipal systems since
the plants are old and somewhat isolated.  For the barometric  condenser
(101218) surface water or cooling tower water will be used.  Since steam
is  used  for  heating  the fat in both pretreatment and saponification,
some process water is introduced in this manner.

Kettle  boiling  soap  is  a  batch  process  and  water  use  will   be
intermittent.  Instantaneous flows of 0.12-18.9 I/sec  (2-300gpm) will be
experienced.  Overall water use can be limited to 623 1/kkg (75 gal/1000
lb) of soap, but as much as 2080 1/kkg  (250 gal/1000 Ib) is used.

Water  reuse  and  recycle  is not common in kettle boil soap plants for
process water.  Where a barometric condenser is used  for  the  steaming
pretreatment  step,  recycle  through a cooling tower is sometimes used,
but even here use ,of surface water  is  more  common.   Except  for  the
barometric condenser, all water use can be considered process water.

Specific  waste  water  sources and constituents are discussed generally
and specifically tabulated in the next section.
                                 59

-------
Waste^Water^Coristitiients

Leaks, spills and storm runoff or  floor  washing   (streams  101102  and
101202)  are  invariably  collected  for  recovery  of  fats and oils by
settling and skimming in fat traps.  The waste water will  contain  some
emulsified  fats,  since the skimmers and settlers do not operate at 100
percent efficiency.

The fat pretreatment is carried out to  remove  impurities  which  would
cause  color and odor in the finished soap.  Acid and/or caustic washing
may be used.  This results in sodium soaps or sulfuric acid solutions of
fatty acids (101231).  Other pretreatment steps make use of  proprietary
chemical  formulas  which  result  in  water  containing  the  treatment
chemicals, fatty  impurities  and  emulsified  fats.   Clay  and  carbon
treatments  give  solid  wastes  and  do  not directly result in aqueous
effluents, but steam is used for heating  and  the  condensate  must  be
removed.   Often  a barometric condenser is used, and there is carryover
of low molecular weight fatty acids  (101218).

Waste waters from the fat skimmer and from the pretreatment  steps  each
contribute  about  1.5  kg of BOD5 per 1000 kg of soap (1.5 lb/1000 Ib).
Concentrations typically are 3600 mg/1 EOD5, 4267 mg/1 COD, 250 mg/1  of
oil and grease with a pH of 5.

Saponification  of the fats and oils by sodium hydroxide and salting out
of the soaps (graining)  with salt  does  not  necessarily  lead  to  any
effluent.  The nigre which comes from washing excess salt and impurities
from  the  neat  soap  with  aqueous  caustic is always recycled to some
extent.  The organic portion  consists  of  low  grade  soap.   In  some
plants, the nigre is acidified to convert the soaps to fatty acids which
are  recovered  for  sale.   Although  acidification removes much of the
organic contaminant, some is  still  discharged  (101320).   Some  manu-
facturers' third alternative for the nigre is the sewer (101319).

The stream referred to as sewer lyes (101319)  arises most often from the
reclaiming  of scrap soap.  The lye and salt water added to separate the
soap must be discarded because it contains paper and other dirt.

Sewer lyes and nigre are concentrated waste waters  (in mg/1)   alkalinity
up  to  32,000,  BOD5  as high as 45,000, COD up to 64,000, chlorides of
47,000 and a pH of 13.5.  Volumes, however, are small  -  249  1/kkg  of
soap (30 gal./1000 Ib).

FATTY ACIDS BY FAT SPLITTING —_(PROCESS 102)


Introduction

In  this  process,  fats  and  oils  are  converted  to  fatty acids and
glycerine by hydrolysis with water.  In Section 103 conversion of  fatty
acids  to  soap  is  considered  and  Section  104  deals with glycerine
recovery.  There are  two  process  condensates  which  contain  organic
contaminants  -  (102322 and 102418).  Also, treatment of the fatty acid
                                 60

-------
still bottoms results in contaminated  water  (102423).   Since  streams
from  fat pretreatment (102221) and leaks and spills are essentially the
same as analogous streams  (101102  and  101202)  in  Process  101,  the
discussion will not be repeated.

Fatty  acids  from  the  fat  splitting  frequently  are  given  a light
hydrogenation  (usually  employing  a  nickel  catalyst)  to   eliminate
polyunsaturation  in  the  acids.  The only waste water coming from this
step is that arising from equipment cleanouts.


Water and Waste^Watgr Balance

In general fatty acid plants are relatively  new  and  contain  a  water
recycle system.  The small amount of clean water required will come from
surface  water,  municipal  systems,  or  wells.   Although operation of
surface condensers and barometric condensers requires thousands of  gal-
lons  per  minute,  blowdown from fatty acid plants ranges from 3.2-12.6
I/sec (50-200gpm).

The other main  contaminated  stream  is  from  treating  still  bottoms
(102423).  It is smaller, but highly contaminated.

Cleanouts of hydrogenation equipment are infrequent and the total volume
of water is small.  Potable water is used to preserve cleanliness.


Waste,Water Constituents

See  Process  Section  101  for discussion of 102102,  102202, and 102402
which are waste waters from leaks, spills and storm runoff.   Also,  fat
pretreatment  wastes 102205 and  102224 are covered under Process 101 for
the analogous streams.

Process condensate  102322 from fat splitting will be  contaminated  with
volatile  low  molecular  weight  fatty acids as well as entrained fatty
acids and glycerine streams.  The barometric condensate 102418 will also
contain volatile fatty acids.  These streams will be settled and skimmed
to remove the insoluble fatty acids which are processed for  sale.   The
water  will  typically  circulate through a cooling tower and be reused.
To keep emulsified and soluble fatty material  at  a  reasonable  level,
part  of  the  stream  is  purged  to the sewer.  This blowdown  (102204,
102304, 102404) contributes about 10 kg of BOD5 and 18 kg of COD per kkg
(10 Ib BOD5 and  18 Ib COD/1000 Ib) of fatty acids produced plus some oil
and grease.

Treatment of stream  102423  consists  of  acidification  to  break  the
emulsion and skimming of insoluble fatty acid pitch.  The waste water is
neutralized  and  sent to the sewer.  This waste water will contain salt
from the neutralization, zinc and alkaline earth metal  salts  from  the
fat  splitting   catalyst  and  emulsified  fatty  acids  and  fatty acid
polymers.  One plant had about 0.6 kg of BOD5 and 0.9 kg of COD/kkg  (0.6
Ib BOD5 and 0.9 Ib COD/1000 It)  of fatty acids from this source.
                                   61

-------
Fatty acids and a modest amount of nickel soaps constitute the  bulk  of
contaminants from hydrogenation.  Very small amounts of suspended nickel
may be present.


SOAP BY FATTY ACID NEUTRALIZATION —  {PROCESS 103)

Introduction

This  process  is  relatively  simple  and high purity raw materials are
converted to soap with essentially no by-products.  Leaks, spills, storm
runoff and washouts are absent.   There  is  only  one  waste  water  of
consequence.   It  is  103326,  the sewer lyes from reclaiming of scrap.
Stream 103221 is generally nonexistent since there is a net  consumption
of brine in the process.

Water^and Wagte Water^Balance

Except for the small amount of water  (258 1/kkg; 31 gal/1000 Ib of soap)
used  for  reclaiming scrap and resulting in the sewer lyes, the process
produces no other aqueous effluent.   Potable  water  is  fed  into  the
process.

Waste Water_constituents

The  sewer  lyes  (103326)  will contain the excess caustic soda and the
salt added to grain out the soap.  Also, they will contain some dirt and
paper not removed by the strainer.  Typically 3 kg of BOD5 and 5.5 kg of
COD/1000 kg (3 Ib of BOD5 and 5.5 Ib of COD/1000 Ib)  of  soap  will  be
discharged.

GLYCERINE RECOVERY — (PROCESS 104)


Introduction

The  feedstock  for  this  unit  process comes from soap boiling and fat
splitting processes 101 and 102.  Both  crude  glycerines  will  contain
about 90 percent water, but that from soap kettle boiling will contain a
fair  amount  of  salt and some NaOH.  Both streams will contain soap or
fatty acids which  must  be  removed  in  the  pretreatment  section  by
precipitation with alum and filtration.

There  are  three  waste  waters  of  consequence from this process; two
barometric condensates, from evaporation  of  water  (104318)   and  from
distillation  of  glycerine  (104418), plus the glycerine foots or still
bottoms  (104428).   Contaminant  of  the  barometric   condensates   is
essentially glycerine with a little entrained salt.  The glycerine foots
are water soluble and are removed by dissolving in water.

Glycerine  can  also be purified by use of ion exchange resins to remove
the sodium chloride followed by evaporation of the water.   This  process
                                  62

-------
puts  additional  salts into the waste water but results in less organic
contamination.

Water_and_Waste^Water Balance

Compared with the amount of water used  in  the  barometric  condensers,
water used for other purposes is negligible.

Installations  not  recirculating  cooling water through a cooling tower
use from 698,000-1,540,000 1 of water per kkg   (84,000-185,000  gal.  of
water  per  1000  Ib)   of  glycerine  produced.   With  a cooling tower,
blowdown consumes 9975 1/kkg (1200 gal./1000 Ib) glycerine.

The ion exchange process is reported to use 449 1/kkg  (54  gal/1000  Ib)
of glycerine for both backwashing and regeneration.

The  source  of  water  for glycerine recovery  is usually surface water.
Since it is used mainly for condensing steam,   quality  is  unimportant.
Typically,  a plant will withdraw water from a river, put it through the
barometric  condensers,  and  discharge  it  into  the  river  with   no
treatment.

As  mentioned  above,  water  used  for  washout of the still, for steam
generation and the ion exchange  process  is  relatively  small.   These
water  uses  require treated water, usually from municipal supplies.  No
water is produced or consumed in the process.

Waste_Water^Constituents

The  two  barometric  condensers  streams   (104318  and  104418)  become
contaminated  with glycerine and salt due to entrainment.  Stream 104428
is a water soluble by-product which is disposed of by washing  into  the
sewer.   It  contains  glycerine,  glycerine  polymers,  and  salt.  The
organics will contribute to BOD5, COD and dissolved solids.  The  sodium
chloride  will  also  contribute  to  dissolved  solids.   Little  or no
suspended solids, oil and grease or pH effect should be seen.

From the glycerine evaporator barometric condenser about 30  kg  of  COD
and  15  kg of BOD5 per kkg (30 Ib of COD and 15 Ib of BOD5 per 1000 Ib)
of product will be discharged.  The foots and glycerine still contribute
about equal amounts of BOD5 and COD, 2.5 kg  (2.5 Ib) and  5  kg  (5  Ib)
respectively  per  kkg  (1000  Ib)  of  glycerine produced.  Because the
barometric condensers use large amounts  of  water,  concentrations  are
low.   The  foots are diluted only enough to remove them from the still,
and concentrations of organics and salts are about 30,000-400,000 mg/1.

SOAP FLAKES AND POWDERS --^PROCESS 105)


Introduction

In this process the neat soaps from processes 101 or 103  are  converted
to flakes or powders for packaging and sale.  The unit processes produce
                                  63

-------
the  dry  soap  in  the  physical  form  desired.  There are a number of
possible effluents shown on the flow sheet for  process  105.   However,
survey of the industry showed that most operating plants either recycled
any   waste   water  to  extinction,  or  used  dry  cleanup  processes.
Occasionally water will be used for equipment cleanup.

In converting neat soap to flakes, powder or bars, some  scrap  results.
The  flow  sheets show scrap reclaim in processes 101 and 103.  There is
an aqueous effluent - sewer lyes - from this reclaim operation  (streams
101319  and  103326) .   All  existing  soap plants both make and process
soap.  Therefore, the given  categorization  will  handle  the  effluent
sewer  lyes  under  process  101 or 103.  Should a plant start with neat
soap, the sewer lye guidelines should be applied to 105.
Introduction

To produce soap bars, neat soap is dried and physically worked prior  to
extrusion  and  stamping.   Some  plants  have filter backwash (106129) ,
scrubber waters or condensate from a vacuum  drier   (106201)  and  water
from equipment washdown  (106202 and 106302).

Waste Water Ba Ian c e

Water  from  drying neat soap is vented to the atmosphere.  Water use by
plants producing dry soap varies from none to 6230 1/kkg   (750  gal/1000
Ib)  of  soap  made.  The largest quantity is required when a barometric
condenser is used on the drier.

Waste^Water ^constituents

The contaminant of all  waste  waters  is  soap  which  will  contribute
primarily to BOD5 and COD.  Concentrations of BODJ5 and COD are typically
1600  mg/1 and 2850 mg/1 respectively in the scrubber (106201) , which is
the major source of contamination.  Driers contribute  from  0.3  -  0.7
kg/kkg   (0.3 - 0.7 lb/1000 Ib) of soap to waste waters.   Washouts of the
filter and of equipment account for the remainder  to  give  an  average
process total of 2 kg of BOD5 per kkg  (2 lb/1000 Ib) of dry soap.

LIQUID SOAPS — (PROCESS 107)


iHJ= 12. duction

Production  of  liquid  soaps  consists  of  a simple blending operation
followed by  filling  of  rather  large  containers  (drums)  for  sale.
According  to  manufacturers  interviewed,  there is very little aqueous
effluent.  Leaks and spills can be recycled  or  handled  dry.   Washout
between batches is usually unnecessary or can be recycled to extinction.

Water Balance
                                   64

-------
Some  water  is  used  as  a  part of the liquid soap formula, and small
amounts (16.6 1/kkg of dry soap or 2 gal /1000 Ib)  are occasionally used
for cleanup.

WasteL Water Constituents

The liquid soaps will contribute to BOD5,  COD,  and  dissolved  solids.
However,  amounts  are  very  small  (0.1 kg BOD5 and 0.3 kg COD/k kg of
product) (0.1 Ib BOD5 and 0.3 Ib COD /1000 Ib) .

OLEUM SULFONATION AND SULFATION -- (PROCESS 201)


Introduction

The principle raw materials  for  synthetic • detergent  manufacture  are
alkylbenzenes,  fatty  alcohols  and  alcohol  ethoxylates.   These  are
converted to surface active  agents  by  sulfonation  or  sulfation  and
neutralization  with  sodium  hydroxide  or  other  bases.  There are no
process waste waters from the oleum sulfonation and sulfation  reaction,
leaks,  spills and washouts result ir some highly acidic wastes  (streams
201102, 201202 and 201302).  The oleum  tank  breathing  scrubber  which
collects S0_3 vapors during filling of the tank also contributes  sulfuric
acid  to  the waste waters (201101).  Although cooling water is  used for
the sulfonation, it is indirectly used to cool Freon  or  brine  systems
and doesn't become contaminated.

Although  the  amount of acids released are small, both the sulfuric and
sulfonic acids are strong acids and small amounts can give a pH  of  1  -
2;  therefore,  neutralization  of  spills  is  imperative.   Also,  the
sulfonic  and  sulfuric  acid  esters  are  surface  active   (MBAS)  and
contribute  to  BOD5  and COD.  Some oil and grease can be expected from
spills  of organic raw materials.  The pH will be very low.

Water^and Waste^Water Balance

Usually leaks from pump packing glands will be flushed away continuously
with small streams of water.  Little water is used.  Because  the  water
use  is  small,  100  -  2740  1/kkg  (12-330 gal/1000 Ib) of surfactant,
potable water is generally used.  Since the  oleum  tank  scrubber  will
only be used when the tank is being filled, little water is used here.

Since sulfonation is highly exothermic and temperatures must be  kept low
to  avoid charring, the cooling water for sulfonation is a large stream.
Well water  or  municipal  water  is  preferred  because  of  their  low
temperatures making the refrigeration cycle more economical.

Waste^Water^Constituents

Since   the  source  of  contaminants  is  leaks  and spills, all the raw
materials and products  may  be  present.   These  are  fatty  alcohols,
dodecylbenzene,  sulfuric  acid,  dodecylbenzene  sulfonic acid, and the
                                   65

-------
esters of sulfuric acid  and  alchohols.  These chemicals will  contribute
acidity, sulfate  ion, MBAS,  oilr BOD5 and COD to the waste water stream.

Concentrations  of   contaminants will depend on the amount of water used
for washdown.  Amounts of  contaminants  average 0.2kg  (0.2 Ib) BOD5,  0.6
kg   (0.6  Ib)  COD   and  0.3  kg  (0.3 Ib) MBAS per  1000 kkg  (1000~~lb) of
sulfonated product.  The  pH will usually be very  low   (1-2)  unless  the
sulfonation wastes are commingled with  neutralization wastes.

AIR-S03 SULFONATIQN  £ SULFATION,(PROCESS 202)


Introduction

Anhydrous SO3 is  used to sulfonate aklylbenzenes and to sulfate alcohols
and  alcohol  ethoxylates  converting them to surface active agents.  The
acids produced are neutralized with NaOH, ammonia  and  other  bases  as
described in process 206.

Because  of  the  hazardous nature of anhydrous SO3, the systems designed
for its use are essentially  leak-free.  However, any  leaks  and  spills
will  end up in the waste  waters.  The  main source of contaminated waste
waters are by-products.  The incoming air-SO3 stream  will  be  scrubbed
with  H2S04  and  the  spent  acid  purged  (202309).   The effluent gas
contains entrained sulfonic  acid, sulfuric'acid and SO2 (202301).

Another sizable source (202302) of contamination comes from startup  and
shutdown.   Plants  that  run  7  days  per  week, 24 hours per day will
obviously have much  less contamination  from this source than plants that
shut down more frequently.

Water_Balance

A considerable amount of water is  used  for  cooling  the  sulfonation
reactor.  This is usually  a  clean water stream.  Approximately 249 1/kkg
(30  gal/1000 Ib) of water is  used for  disposing of by-products.  All of
this water usually goes  to the sewer.

WasterWater^Constituents

Stream  202303  which  receives  startup  slop  will  contain  unreacted
alcohols, alcohol ethoxylates, and alky1benzenes.  These will show up as
oil  and grease as well  as BOD5 and COD.  The other contaminated streams
(202102, 202202,  202309  and  202301)  as well  as  202303  will  contain
sulfonic and sulfuric acids.   These materials affect MBAS, acidity, soft,
dissolved solids, BOD5 and COD.

Concentrations from the  process were observed to range from 380-520 mg/1
of  BOD5 and 920-1589 mg/1 of  COD.  The pH ranged from 2-7.  Source of
the contamination comes  from  three  streams;   leaks  and  spills  -  15
percent, scrubbers - 50  percent and startup slop - 35 percent.

SO3 SOLVENT AND VACUUM SULFONATION — (PROCESS 203)
                                  66

-------
Introduction

Compared to the Air-SO3 process, these techniques are used infrequently.
Usually  they  will  be  batch  operations and relatively small.  Leaks,
spills and washouts will be the main source of contamination.   No  data
specific  to  these  prpcesses  was obtained or submitted, but it is be-
lieved that effluents and contaminants will be essentially the  same  as
for Air-SO3 sulfonation, Process 202.

Waste Water Balance

No  direct  process  water will be used, but a small stream will be used
for cleanup of leaks and spills.  Cooling water will be indirect.  It is
possible that operators will use barometric condensers to  maintain  the
vacuum  and  to strip solvent, which is usually SO2.  If barometrics are
used, there could be a large volume effluent with low concentrations  of
MBAS, oil and sulfite.

Waste_Water^Constituents

Leaks and spills will consist of raw materials and products.  These will
include alkylbenzenes, alcohols and ethoxylated alcohols; sulfonic acids
and sulfuric acid esters.  These constituents will contribute BOD5, COD,
acidity,  dissolved  solids,  sulfate, sulfite oil, and MBAS to effluent
waste waters.

SULFAMIC ACID SULFATION —  (PROCESS 20U)

Introduction

Sulfamic acid is used to sulfate alcohol  and  alkylphenol  ethoxylates,
but  seldom  for other raw materials.  The reaction is run batchwise and
requires relatively simple equipment.  The ammonium salt  of  the  ether
sulfate  is  obtained  directly,  so  it is only necessary to dilute the
product with the chosen solvent.

Water and Waste,Water Balance

No process water is used and cooling  or  heating  water  will  be  non-
contact.

Waste^Water Constituents

A  small  amount of contamination will come from leaks and spills, but a
major effluent comes from washing out the reactor between batches.  This
is necessary since the solvent  (water or alcohol) will  react  with  the
sulfamic acid.

Data  submitted  by industry indicates that 30 kg  (30 Ib) of BOD5 and 60
kg  (60 Ib) of COD is added to waste waters per kkg  (1000 Ib) of ammonium
ether sulfate produced.  This is understandable  since  the  product  is
viscous and surface to volume ratio of the reactor is high.
                                   67

-------
CHLOROSULFONIC ACID SULFATION  —  {PROCESS 205)

Introduction

This  process is used to produce  high quality alcohol and ether sulfates
for specialty surfactant use.  Leaks, spills and reactor washout will be
the main source of organic contaminants.  Since HCl is a  by-product  it
may be absorbed in water or caustic and sent to the sewer.

Water; andT Waste WaterBalance

The only process water used is for absorbing HCl.  Cooling water is non-
contact and should remain uncontaminated.

Contaminants  found  in  leaks  and  spills  will  be  the  alcohols  or
alkylphenol  and  alcohol  ethoxylates  used  for   feedstocks.    Also,
chlorosulfonic acid hydrolysis products  (HCl and H2_S04.) can be expected,
plus  the sulfated surfactants.   The same materials will be in the other
waste waters.

Since it is not necessary to clean out the reactor between batches,  raw
waste  loads  will be similar to  other sulfonation processes; i.e., SOS-
Air.  An average of 3 kg (3 Ib) of BOD5 and 9 kg  (9 Ib) of COD  per  kkg
(1000 Ib) of sulfated product was found.  Sizable amounts of acidity and
chloride  (5  kg/kkg)   (5 lb/1000 Ib) can also be expected if the HCl is
sent to the sewer, but many plants recover it and sell  it  as  muriatic
acid.

NEUTRALIZATION^OFSULFURIC, ACID ESTERS 6 SULFQNIC ACIDS — (PROCESS 206^

Introduction

This   process   is   used   to   convert  the  sulfated  and  sulfonated
alkylbenzenes and alcohols to neutral salts.   Various  bases  are  used
depending  on  the  required characteristics of the final surface active
agent.  The dry neutralization process  (2063) is  infrequently  used  in
the  United  States  to  make consumer products falling within SIC 2841.
However, some industrial products will be made.  Most salts are made  by
liquid  neutralization  (2062).  Plants making neutralized products range
from a small batch kettle  of  a  few  thousand  kilograms  capacity/to
several million kilograms per day continuous process unit.

water_^nd Waste Water Balance

Waste  waters  from  these  plants  come  almost entirely from leaks and
spills, with washouts occasionally  contributing  (206102  and  206202).
Indirect  cooling  water is used  since the neutralization is exothermic,
but contamination should be very  rare.  No process water is involved.

waste^Water_Constituents

All of the anionic surface active agents used in  soaps  and  detergents
will  be found in these waste waters.  Also the inorganic salts, such as
                                  68

-------
sodium sulfate, from neutralization of excess  sulfuric  acids  will  be
found.   Alkylbenzene sulfonates, ether sulfates, alcohol sulfates, ole-
fin sulfonates, with the  ammonium,  potassium,  sodium,  magnesium  and
triethanol ammonium cations will be represented.

These  constituents  will  contribute  to  BOD5  and COD, MBAS dissolved
solids, Kjeldahl ammonium nitrogen, sulfate, acidity and alkalinity.

The total amount of contaminants contributed from this process is  quite
small.  The equipment used has stood the tests of time.  Of course there
will  always  be occasional leaks and spills.   Whether a plant recycles
or discharges to a sewer determines the  concentration  of  contaminants
and  water  usage.   When  recycle is practiced, as little as 10.4 1/kkg
(1.25 gal./1000 Ib) of water is used.  Concentrations in this case  were
high  - 6000 mg/1 of BOD5 and 21,000 mg/1 of COD.  The other extreme was
4170 1 (1100 gal.) of water - a BOD5 of 85 mg/1 and a COD of 245 mg/1.

Because of the variety of products made we observed  quite  a  range  of
waste  loadings:   BOD5 - 0.07 kg - 0.8 kg/kkg  (0.07 Ib - 0.81b/1000 Ib)
of product, COD - 0.2 kg - 2.3 kg  (0.2 Ib - 2.3 Ib), MBAS - 0.1 kg - 3.1
kg (0.1 Ib - 3.1 Ib) .

SPRAY DRIED DETERGENTS —JPROCESS 207)

Introduction

This is probably the single largest volume unit process utilized by  the
soap  and detergent industry.  There is great variation in the operation
of spray towers insofar as water use and  reuse  is  concerned..   These
variations  result  from different processing characteristics of product
formulas, influences of air quality problems, standards and frequency of
product changeovers, and plant integration.

The principal sources of contaminated water are washdown of the tower
207312;  scrubber  waters  -  207301  and 207330; and leaks and spills -
207202 and 207302.

Water and Waste^Water Balance

No cooling water  is used in this process.  All  process  water  which  is
added  to  the crutcher leaves the process as water vapor from the spray
tower  (207308).  Therefore, all water  used  is  for  various  types  of
cleanup.   Some   plants  employ  total  recycle  of  cleanup  water  and
therefore have a very low rate of discharge.  Some plants discharge  all
waste  waters  to the municipal sewer.  Most plants are intermediate and
specific problems must be recognized to  be  able  to  understand  water
disposal practices.

To  be able to maintain desirable air quality it may be necessary to use
very large quantities of water for scrubbing organics from  spray  tower
vent  gases.   This  problem  is   still  under  study.  Frequent product
changeovers for smaller  plants  make  it  economically  and  physically
impossible to collect and recycle  all tower washouts.  Highly integrated
                                   69

-------
plants
waters.
have  more opportunities to recycle or use detergent-laden waste
Waste Water Constituents

All of, the  streams  will  be  contaminated  with  the  detergent  being
produced  in  the  plant at  the time.  The various surfactants, builders
and additives are listed on  the flow  diagram  entering  2071  Receiving
Storage And Transfer.

These  constituents  will  contribute  to BOD5, COD, MBAS, dissolved and
suspended solids, oil and grease and alkalinity.

Average raw waste loads for  the three types of operation of spray towers
are tabulated as follows  (kg/kkg dry detergent)  (lb/1000 Ib):
                   BOD5
                  COD
Suspended
  Solids  -Surfactants
Few turnarounds &
no air quality
problem

Air quality
problems

Fast turn-
around
                   0.1
                   0.8
                   0.2
                  0.3


                  2.5


                  0.4
  0.1
  1.0
  0.2
0.2
1.5
0.4
           Oil and
           Grease
nil


0.3


0.03
LIQUID DETERGENT MANUFACTURE —  (PROCESS 208)

Introduction

Manufacture of liquid light-duty hand dishwashing and heavy-duty laundry
detergents requires relatively simple equipment for blending the various
ingredients.   Usually  this  is  done  batchwise   with   the   several
surfactants being added by weight, and then thoroughly blended.

Filling  of  the  bottles  is  done  on sophisticated high speed filling
lines.  This is a most  critical  and  difficult  operation  because  of
machine complexity, speed, and cost.

From  the filling line, leaks, spills and overflows are sources of water
contamination  (208302).  From both the blending and filling  operations,
purging   the   lines   between  products  produce  slugs  of  detergent
contaminated water  (208212, 208213 and 208302).  Also, filled  detergent
bottles are sometimes washed  (208310).

Contaminants  from light-duty liquid detergents are very high in surface
active agents.  Heavy-duty liquid detergents,  produced  in  much  lower
volume,  can  result  in  some  contamination with builders (phosphates,
carbonates) .
                                   70

-------
Water^and Waste Water Balance

Liquid detergents consume water as the major solvent  for  the  product.
Little or no water is used for heating and cooling, but large amounts of
water  are  used for washing equipment and packages.  Because very small
amounts of liquid detergents can cause extraordinary amounts of foam, it
is necessary to use very large volumes of water; and recycle or reuse of
water becomes impracticable.  Reported water usage was in the  range  of
625-6250 1/kkg  (75-750 gal/1000 Ib) of detergent.

Waste^Water_Constituents

All of the effluent streams will contain the starting ingredients of the
products.  These are mainly:


ammonium, potassium & sodium  alkylbenzene sulfonates (LAS)

ammonium, potassium 6 sodium  alcohol ethoxy sulfates (AES)

ammonium, potassium & sodium  alkylphenol ethoxy sulfates

ammonium, potassium & sodium  olefin sulfonates       (OS)

ammonium, potassium £ sodium  toluene and xylene sulfonates
                               (hydrotropes)

ammonium, potassium & sodium  alcohol sulfates

Fatty acid alkanol amine condensates (amides)

Urea (hydrotrope)

Ethanol  (hydrotrope)

Polyacrylates and polystyrene  (opacifiers)

Dyes & perfume

Phosphate & citrate builders

Silicate builders

These  constituents  will contribute to alkalinity, BOD5, COD, nitrogen,
MBAS (and undetected surfactants)  and dissolved solids.

Raw waste loadings vary more in concentration than total amount  between
plants.  The following were observed:

      	kg/kkg^of detergent        mq/1

BODS             0.5-1.8             65 -  3UOO
                                   71

-------
COD              1.0 - 3.1             120 - 7000

MBAS             0.4 - 1.1             60 - 2000

As  much  as  90 percent of the detergent can come from washout of tanks
and lines when changing products.  With fewer changes waste  loads  will
decrease, but the lower levels in the above table represent minimum with
current practice.

DETERGENT MANUFACTURING BY_DRY_BLENDING— (PROCESS 209)

Introduction

Production   of  detergents  by  this  process  requires  no  water  for
processing and can be operated without using water  for  washdown.   Dry
builders  and  surfactants  are  simply mixed, or liquid surfactants are
sprayed into dry powders so that the entire  mass  stays  free  flowing.
Some  water  may  also  be  sprayed onto the dry powders to produce more
stable hydrates.

DRUM DRIED DETERGENTS— ^PROCESS 210)

Introduction

In this detergent drying process, the aqueous  slurry  of  detergent  is
dried  on  steam  heated  rolls  ard  recovered as flakes.  Little or no
formulated household detergent is now made by this process.  Most of the
products are high active LAS products for  dry  blending  of  industrial
detergent products.

Water, and^Waste Water Balance

The  detergent slurry contains water added in the neutralization process
No. 206.  This water is removed as steam and vented to the atmosphere or
scrubbed (201201).  Steam condensate is generated also, but this  should
be free of contamination (210203).

Waste_Water_Constituents

The  only  appreciable  effluent  will  be  similar  to,  but  lower  in
concentration than  the  scrubber  water  from  spray  drying  (207301).
Surfactants,  builders,  and  free  oils  can  be  expected.  These will
contribute to BOD5, COD, alkalinity, MBAS, dissolved solids and oil  and
grease.

DETERGENT BARS AND CAKES — (PROCESS 2_11j_

This  process  is  similar  in  operation to Process 106 Bar Soaps.  The
significant difference arises in the  more  frequent  washouts  required
because  of  the  heat  sensitivity  of the detergent active ingredient.
Wash waters will be  similar  in  character  to  those  of  spray  dried
detergents.
                                   72

-------
In some instances soap will also be found in the waste water since it is
a part of the blend comprising some toilet bar soaps.
                                   73

-------
                               SECTION VI

                          POLLUTANT PARAMETERS


Introduction

This  section  contains  a discussion of the specific contaminants which
were selected for  guidelines  recommendations,  and  those  which  were
omitted.   Rationales  for  the  decisions  are given for each pollution
parameter.


Production of soaps and  detergents  results  in  numerous  waste  water
streams  and several types of contaminants which are of special concern.
Synthetic surface active agents not only create a BOD5 and COD, but also
cause water to foam and in high concentrations can be toxic to fish  and
other  organisms.   Nutrients,  particularly  phosphate,  are of concern
because  of  their  contribution  to  eutrophication  of  lakes.    Soap
production  .leads  to  waste waters with high alkalinity, high salt, and
high oxygen demand.  Spills of  raw  materials  contribute  to  oil  and
grease  levels.   Most of the suspended solids come from organics; i.e.,
calcium soaps, and many are of the  volatile  rather  than  non-volatile
type.   Since  strong acids and strong alkalies are used, pH can be very
high or very low in waste waters.

CONTROL, PARAMETER RECOMMENDATIONS

To monitor the quality of the treated waste water flows coming from soap
and detergent plants as point  source  discharges,  the  key  parameters
recommended for sampling and analysis and structure of guidelines are:


Biochemi cal^Oxygen^Dernand

All  of  the  organic  active  materials  found  in  soap  and detergent
formulations are biodegradable in varying degrees.  Most are totally and
rapidly  assimilated.   Although  highly  criticized  for  its  lack  of
reliability,  the analytical method for BOD5 is still the only generally
accepted method for  grossly  measuring  the  potential  impact  on  the
environment.   Unfortunately,  not all of the organic materials found in
these waste water flows contribute to the  oxygen  demand  at  the  same
rate.    Some   may  inhibit  the  microorganisms  which  degrade  these
contaminants, and others are incorporated into the cell  tissue  of  the
microorganisms at different rates.  This leads to varying ratios of BOD5
values when compared to the companion COD test.

There  are  a  number of factors which tend to reduce reliability of the
BOD5 in actual practice.  One difficulty stems from  the  frequent  need
for  long  term  acclimation  of the biota to the special unique organic
substrates encountered in the waste  streams  from  the  manufacture  of
detergents.   Too  often  biota are employed in the BOD5 tests which are
totally unacclimated, or at best only partially acclimated.   When  data
                                   75

-------
derived  from  such testing  are  viewed  in  isolation they tend to indicate
that a large quantity of  such organics are  resistant  to  biodegradation
or are only slowly degraded.  However, detailed  studies carried out with
thoroughly  acclimated  microbial   systems  do   not  support this casual
observation.   In  fact, the  vast bulk of the materials  now  employed  as
synthetic  detergents  are  subject  to  rapid and  complete assimilation by
acclimated   saprophytic    microorganisms.     Industrial    surfactants
production does lead to a higher refractory component than the household
surfactants.

The  use of the BOD5 test is recommended.   However, it is essential that
acclimated biota  be maintained  especially where  the  concerned  effluent
originates from a plant producing industrial cleaners,

Che mi c al _Ox y_3§n _ Demand

The COD or chemical oxygen  demand is a companion test and internal check
on  the  biochemical oxygen demand.  COD/BOD5 ratios of 2 - 3/1 indicate
complete   or   virtually  complete    susceptibility   to   biochemical
assimilation.   Ratios  greater than  3 indicate that the material being
tested is toxic to the bacteria, inhibitory or resistant to  biochemical
attack.   Because of  the  difficulty  discussed  in the preceding section
concerning the reliability  of the BOD5 test, it  is recommended that  the
COD  be  used  as a  primary parameter where acclimated biota cannot be
readily obtained.

The COD test, however, is not without  some  special problems of its  own.
Volatile substances such  as low molecular weight hydrocarbons can escape
before oxidation.  Also,  long chain fatty acids  which are commonly found
in  the  waste streams from soap manufacture, are slowly oxidized in the
COD test.  Special attention  must  be given  to  insure  the  complete
oxidation of these materials.

Suspended^Solids

Although  the waste water sources of the soap and detergent industry are
not notably heavy in  suspended  solids,   suspended  solids  should  be
monitored  to  insure  that  stream  clarity  is  not  unduly  affected,
particularly by some upset in the processing train.

Surfactants__(MBAg)

Because  of  the  possible  contribution  to  foaming  in  streams   and
biological  upset,  measurement  of  the  organic  active  ingredient in
formulations  is  necessary.    Not  all  organic  active  materials  are
measured  by  this  method,  soaps are not  detected, nor are non-ionics.
However, both of  the latter are measured by the  BOD5 and COD methods.

Oil and Grease

These materials which would contribute  to esthetic problems as  well  as
to  oxygen demand need to be controlled.  The analytical method picks up
not only the fatty oils and grease used in the soap making process,  but
                                   76

-------
any  hydrocarbon bodies which are generated from the synthetic detergent
portion of the plant processes.  The test method  does  not  distinguish
between  the two sources, therefore the results must be interpreted with
discretion.

EH

This is important for control since there are occasional upsets in those
portions of the processes which could potentially lead to highly  acidic
or alkaline spills.

Parameters Omitted

Among  the  parameters omitted is dissolved solids.  While there will be
times of high concentrations of salts in some of the waste  water  flows
within  the  plant, by the time they are commingled with the total plant
effluent they will be quite dilute.  In addition, the  salts  themselves
are  not  in  a  toxicity  range  of concern.  Most of them are found as
deliberate additions to food in other manufacturing processes.   If  the
contamination  of  the waters by dissolved solids could be damaging, the
permit granting authority should then issue specific guidelines covering
that particular situation.
Nitrogen, although important in the general concern over the quality  of
the receiving waters, is omitted since there is at this time very little
use  of  products  derived  from  nitrogen.   Spot  checks of industrial
effluents  and  contractor's  analysis  of  Corps  of  Engineers  permit
applications confirmed this observation.

Phosphorus and Boron

Phosphate and boron levels found in the raw wastes and treated effluents
from  plants  manufacturing soaps and detergents are comparable to those
encountered in the influents and effluents of  well  operated  municipal
treatment plants.  Moreover, measures to control the selected parameters
will effectively control phosphate and boron levels.

Scope of Parameter Measurements - By Processes^

Each  of the individual processes of the soap and detergent industry are
reviewed in the following paragraphs in order to relate the significance
of the parameters chosen  for  guidelines  to  the  measurement  of  the
contaminants  contained  in  waste  water  flows originating in each unit
process.

The ways in which effluent discharge can be monitored are suggested.
                                   77

-------
§QAP_MANUFACTURE BY BATCH KETTLE  (101)

Significant contaminants from this process are the fats and oils used as
raw material; unrecovered sodium chloride,  sodium  sulfate  and  sodium
hydroxide;  soaps  that  are spilled or lost and dark colored by-product
soaps.  Limits are proposed for BOD5 and COD, suspended solids, oil  and
grease  and  a  range of 6 - 9 for pH.  The soaps, fats and oils will be
controlled by the first four tests.  A pH in the 6-9 range will insure
against discharge of sodium hydroxide or strong acids.

Since soap  plant  wastes  can  cause  depletion  of  dissolved  oxygen,
limitation  is  necessary.  Oils  and  suspended  solids  cause esthetic
problems.  A very high or very low  pH  is  detrimental  to  almost  all
organisms.

No  recommendation  has  been  made  for specific limitations of the two
inorganic salts, NaCl and Na£S04.  These are relatively non-toxic  (NaCl
10-20,000  mg/1  MLD;  Na2S04  11-17,  600 mg/1 MLD), and most receiving
waters are below the limits of dissolved salts set by the United  States
Public Health Service.

FATTY_ACIDS_BY_FAT_SPLITTING_J[1021

The  organic  compounds  from  this  process  are  primarily fatty acids
although some unreacted fat and glycerine from  spills  and  leaks  will
also  be found.  The total of the inorganics will be low compared to the
organics.  Sodium hydroxide and sodium sulfate from fat pretreatment and
from treatment of still bottoms are expected.

Total organics should be controlled by  setting  BOD5  and  COD  limits.
Free fatty acids and fats should be controlled by setting oil and grease
and suspended solids limits.  The pH should be controlled.

Contaminants not limited are the generally innocuous sodium sulfate plus
small  amounts  of  zinc  and  alkaline  earth  metals  used  as the fat
splitting catalyst and nickel used as a hydrogenation  catalyst.   These
metals  ions  are below harmful concentration in commingled plant wastes
and are removed in biological treatment processes which must be used  on
the organic contaminants.

SOAP BY FATTY ACID NEUTRALIZATION  (1031

Except  for fats and oils the contaminants from this process will be the
same as from the kettle boil soap process,  concentrations and  loadings
are much lower, however.

Control  of discharge is established by setting limits on BOD5, COD, pH,
suspended solids and oil and grease.

The small amount of sodium chloride relative to the production  of  soap
should  not  require  regulation  unless  the  receiving  stream is at a
critical chloride level.
                                  78

-------
GLYCERINE RECOVERY
Contaminants in  waste  waters  from  this  process  are  water  soluble
organics  and  two  inorganic  salts.   The  organics  are glycerine and
glycerine polymers.  The salts are Nad and Na2SOU.

Organics discharge  is  controlled  by  setting  BOD5  and  COD  limits.
Although  pollutants  affecting pH, suspended solids, and oil and grease
are minimal, limits have been set  to  guard  against  carry  over  from
previous processing steps.

Sodium  chloride  and sodium sulfate should not be restricted unless the
receiving stream is close  to  the  specified  limit  for  chloride  and
sulfate ions.

SOAP FLAKES AND POWDERS (105)

Effluents  from  this  process  are  minimal.  Since almost pure soap is
processed, the contaminants will  be  primarily  soap  with  only  small
amounts of free fatty matter, alkali and salt.

BOD5  and COD are used to limit discharge of soaps, and pH is to be kept
to the 6-9 range.  Suspended solids  and  oil  and  grease  should  be
measured to guard against unusual contamination.

Although  sodium  chloride  is  not limited, its concentration should be
negligible.

BAR SOAPS  (106)

As with soap flakes and powders,  waste  water  contaminants  from  this
process will be mainly soap.  Small amounts of salt and alkali which are
in  the  soap  will also be found.  Some free fatty matter and additives
can be expected in the waste waters.

Assignment of BOD5 and COD limits will control the  discharge  of  soap.
Specifying  limits  for  pH,  oil  and grease, and suspended solids will
handle unusual spills.

Inorganic contaminants should be low and control should be unnecessary.

LIQUID SOAP
Liquid  soaps  are  formulated  products  and  will  contain   solvents,
builders,  dyes and perfumes in addition to potassium soaps.  Almost all
contamination  will  come  from  spills  so  the  waste  water  will  be
contaminated with all constituents of the formula.

BOD5 and COD limits will control overall discharge of organics.  control
of pH to the 6.0 - 9.0 level should present no problem since the product
will  be  in  that range.  The suspended solids and oil and grease tests
will be more important here than with other soaps since  the  formulated
soaps often contain hydrocarbon solvents.
                                 79

-------
Inorganic  salts should be negligible from this process and thus require
no control.  Potassium ion will be found here but the  level  should  be
low enough to require no limitations.

OLEUM SULFQNATIQN AND SULFATION. & P 1 )

In  effluents  from  this  process,  one can expect to find the oily raw
materials, sulfuric acid and surfactant sulfonic acids.   All  of  these
contaminants need to be treated before discharge.

Raw  material spills should be limited by setting specifications for the
oil and grease and suspended solids.  The MBAS test can measure  surface
active  sulfuric  acid  esters and be used to limit their concentration.
Total organic contamination can be monitored and controlled  by  running
the  oxygen demand procedures, BOD5 and COD.  Sulfuric acid and sulfonic
acids are very strong acids and must be  neutralized  before  discharge.
This can be assured by specifying a pH of 6 - 9.

The  only  contaminant  not limited is sulfate.  Most streams can absorb
current quantities of this ion, but if  necessary  the  regional  permit
officer can restrict discharge of sulfate.

AIE_S03_SULFATION_Z_SULFONATION_ 1202).

This  process  is  identical  to process 201 with respect to contaminant
composition.  However, the levels of contamination are higher.

Limitations have been set for BOD5, COD, pH. oil and  grease,  MBAS  and
suspended  solids.   Sulfate need not be limited for the usual receiving
water .

See the discussion under Process 201 for the rationale.

VACUUM AND SOLVENT SULFONATION  (203)

This process is identical to process 201  insofar  as  contamination  is
concerned.   One  exception  is  the possible presence of sulfate in the
waste water.  Levels should be similar to process 201.
Limits have been set for BOD5, COD, pH, oil  and
solids.  Sulfate should generally be exempted.

For rationale see Section 201.
                                                  grease  and  suspended
This  reaction is rather limited in scope, but can have a high discharge
because of washdown after each batch,  contaminants will  be  unsul fated
ethoxy alcohols, sulfamic acid and ammonium ether sulfates.

The  MBAS  test and a limitation for the process will be most useful for
control.  Because the MBAS test does not pick up  nonionic  surfactants.
                                  80

-------
BOD5  and COD are needed to control the overall organic load.   As usual,
pH control will be needed since sulfamic acid is a strong acid.

Sulfamic acid hydrolyzes to ammonium acid sulfate in water  so  that  no
control  is  needed unless the receiving water is close to its limit for
nitrogen and sulfate.

The organic contaminants from this  process  will  be  feedstock,  fatty
alcohols,  alcohol  ethoxylates and alkyl phenol ethoxylates.   Also, the
sulfated products and the final ammonium, sodium  and  triethanol  amine
salts will be found.  Inorganics will be hydrochloric and sulfuric acids
plus ammonium and sodium ions.

Limitations  have been established for total organics by specifying EOD5
and COD values. MBAS should be measured and  controlled.   Raw  material
spills  can  be  controlled  by  specifying  suitable values for oil and
grease and suspended solids.  As usual, pH needs adjustment to the 6.0 -
9.0 level.

NEUTRALIZATION OF SULFURIC ACID ESTERS AND SULFONIC ACIDS (206)

In this process the organic acids produced by sulfation and  sulfonation
are  reacted  with  bases  to  produce  the  desired  salts.  Therefore,
contaminants will be the products of  processes  201,202  and  203.   In
addition,  the  neutralized  products  and  the  various cations will be
present.

The  MBAS  test,  and  a  limitation  thereon,  will  be  important   in
controlling  contamination  from  this process.  BOD5 and COD allowances
will determine overall organic contamination.  To assure a neutral waste
water, pH adjustment will be necessary.  Oil and  grease  and  suspended
solids  should  be  minimal  but  specifications  are needed for unusual
spills.

Control of inorganic sulfate, potassium, sodium  and  ammonium  ions  is
believed unnecessary for most receiving streams.

SPRAY DRIED DETERGENTS  (207)

Effluents  from  this  process  will contain all of the many ingredients
used in dry detergent powders:  LAS, amide, nonionic  and  alcohol  sur-
factants:   sodium   phosphate,   carbonate   and   silicate   builders;
carboxmethyl  cellulose,  brighteners,  perborate,  dyes,  fillers   and
perfumes.

An  MBAS  limit  will handle anionic surfactants, but COD and BOD5 tests
are needed to estimate other surfactants.  Careful attention needs to be
paid to BOD5/COD ratio since the  various  surfactants  can  inhibit  or
react slowly with unacclimated BOD5 cultures.

The suspended solids test will serve to limit insolubles and the oil and
grease limit is needed for spill of oils from the spray tower.
                                  81

-------
Specific  limits  have  not  been  recommended  for carbonate, silicate,
phosphate and sodium ions.  The condition of the receiving stream should
be determined by the permit officer before limiting these contaminants.


LIQUID DETERGENTS  (208)

These products are made by simple blending so effluents will contain the
starting ingredients.  High levels of organic surface active agents  can
be  expected  from  washdown  and cleanup.  Heavy-duty liquid detergents
will also contain potassium phosphate, silicate and citrate builders and
solvents (ethanol) .  Hydrotropes  (sodium xylene sulfonate and urea)  will
also be found,

To control total organics the BOD5 and COD levels have  been  specified.
MBAS  limits have been set to control the important anionic surfactants.
Limits on pH, oil and grease, and suspended solids  have  been  set  but
control measures should be unnecessary.

Except  for  the  generally  innocuous  inorganic  salts, levels for all
contaminants have been specified.

DRY_DETERGENT_BLEJDING__[209]_

This process usually has a very low effluent  level.   Any  contaminants
will  be  the  same  as  those  discussed  in  Section 207 - spray dried
detergents.  Our rationale for limiting BOD5, COD, pH, suspended solids,
MBAS and oil and grease are the same also.
Almost exclusively devoted to the manufacture  of  industrial  detergent
powders,  this  process uses a wide variety of raw materials.  They find
their way into waste water flows through spills and washouts.  BOD5, COD
and surfactant (MBAS) limits will govern these sources, coupled with pH.

There should be no oil and grease appearing in any waste water from this
process.
Processing of  detergent  bars  is  almost  identical  with  soap  bars.
However,  the  wastes will contain synthetic surfactants.  Therefore, in
addition to setting limits on BOD5, COD, pH, suspended  solids  and  oil
and grease, it is necessary to specify a limit on MBAS.

The  rationale for the1 limits and parameters will be found under process
106.

Industrial, Cleaners

Industrial cleaning compounds are also manufactured  in  plants  of  the
soap  and  detergent  industry.   Insufficient data was obtained to make
                                  82

-------
specific recommendations on the multitude of compounds employed but some
guidance can be given.  Industrial cleaners make up about 10 percent  of
the industry output.  The studies of the Organic and inorganic Chemicals
Industries are expected to provide much useful treatment data on some of
the  more  exotic  chemicals.  The phosphates, silicates, carbonates and
caustic alkalis which are employed will create the same basic situations
as are discussed in processes  207,  208  and  209.   Similar  treatment
procedures and guidelines also apply.

Other  material  not  sufficiently  characterized  but  which  might  be
expected in the industrial waste waters are hydrogen fluoride,  sulfamic
acid,  phenols and cresol, chlorinated hydrocarbons, complex organic and
inorganic corrosion inhibitors, and exotic surfactants.   Fluorides  can
be  easily precipitated with lime.  Sulfamic acid and cresol are readily
biodegradable  if  concentrations  are  kept   low.    The   chlorinated
hydrocarbons  may  have  to  be  removed by solvent extraction or carbon
absorption.  Some corrosion inhibitors  used  in  acids  for  industrial
cleaning  are complex organics which will require individual study.  The
exotic surfactants will include  phosphoro-,  fluoro-  and  silicoorgano
compounds  which  have  unknown treatability.  Nonionic, amphoteric, and
low molecular weight wetting agents with different treatability can also
be expected.  The limits on EOD^, COD,  suspended  solids,  surfactants,
oil  and grease and pH should effectively control industrial cleaners in
the  subcategories  involved  in  their  production,  but  the  area  of
industrial cleaners merits additional study.
                                  83

-------
                              SECTION VII

                    CONTROL AND TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY

Introduction

The  key  to  great  reductions  in the pollution load from the soap and
detergent industry is lower process water usage.  Those processes  using
the  most  process  water  per  unit  mass  of product made are also the
greatest contributors of pollutants.

One of the biggest improvements would be either changing  the  operating
techniques  associated  with the barometric condensers or replacing them
entirely with surface condensers.   complete  replacement  would  reduce
many  fold  the  use of water in most processes and at the same time cut
down greatly on the amount of organics now being sent to  sewer.   These
organics  normally have a market value (when further purified)  which may
provide a positive payout on the improvement introduced.

Barometric condenser operation could be greatly  improved  by  recycling
the  water  through  a fat skimming operation  (where marketable fats and
oils could be recovered) and then  through  cooling  towers.   The  only
waste  would  be  a  continuous  small blowdown from the skimmer to keep
soluble materials within acceptable limits.   Fat  splitting  operations
which have barometric condensers equipped with such cooling and skimming
equipment  already  meet  the  recommended  guidelines with considerable
ease.

Another area where a large reduction in water usage could be effected is
in the manufacture of  liquid  detergents.   This  can  be  attained  by
installation  of  additional water recycle piping and tankage and by the
use of air rather than water to blow out  filling  lines.   This  latter
change will also minimize the loss of finished product.

One  of the large integrated plants making both soaps and detergents has
achieved almost zero discharge  of  pollutants  through  a  painstaking,
ten-year effort.  One of the first tasks which had to be undertaken, and
still  the  biggest  obstacle for most fairly old integrated plants, was
identifying and untangling the waste water lines which now lead  to  the
sewer.   Only  after such identification, monitoring and study could the
effluents be managed better.

With few exceptions, the contaminants in waste waters from the soap  and
detergent  industry are really saleable.products in disguise, especially
those relating to distillation  equipment  and  entrainment  separators.
Wherever  a  distillation is carried out, whether on a batch basis or by
multi-component continuous fractionation, there  is  an  entrainment  of
liquid  droplets  from  one  tray of a tower to the tray above.  This is
essential in order to accomplish good  vapor-liquid  contacting  and  to
make  the  efficiency  of  the physical transfer of the highest possible
order.  However, it does result in carrying droplets of  liquid  by  the
vapor -from  the  stage below to the stage above.  The use of one or two
additional special trays in a distillation column, whether used in  con-
                                  85

-------
centration  as  in  glycerine  manufacture or used for the separation of
components as  in  fatty  acid  manufacture,  will  not  only  eliminate
carryover  in  the  form of entrainment but will lead to a more complete
separation and a higher purity of each component  of  a  multi-component
distillation feed.

NATURE OF POLLUTANTS

The  soap  and  detergent  industry produces wastewaters containing both
conservative and  nonconservative  pollutants  which  must  be  treated,
removed  from  the  waste  stream,  and  ultimately  disposed  of  under.
controlled conditions.  The important nonconservative pollutants consist
of organic raw materials, fats ar.d oils and lost  portions  of  finished
product, soap and/or synthetic detergent.  Mineral solids, catalysts and
builder  materials  such  as  borate  ard  phosphate  also appear in the
effluents in moderate concentrations.  Some of  these  substances  reach
polluting  concentrations  in  plant  effluents  which  then  have tc be
treated.  The pollutants of primary  concern,  together  with  the  con-
centration  ranges  within  which  they are generally round in plant raw
waste effluents are as follows:

1.   Oils and greases  (0-3400 mg/1)
2.   Suspended organic material other than oils and
     greases (0-30,000 mg/1)
3.   Dissolved or finely dispersed colloidal organic
     substances which contribute to the chemical and
     biochemical oxygen demands.  (100-12,000 mg/1)
4.   Certain organics with surfactant properties.
     (0-1700 mg/1)

In addition to pollutants per se, the alkalinity or acidity of wastes is
also a primary concern and may mandate the treating of a plant effluent.
•\
Of secondary concern in raw wastes are the following pollutants:

1.   Boron or borates  (less than 1 mg/1)
2.   Phosphates (25-1000 mg/1)
3.   Dissolved mineral solids  (0-250,000 mg/1)
4.   Zinc and barium  (less than 1 mg/1)

Since phosphate compounds are used in the manufacture of  several  types
of  detergent,   some  of them inevitably find their way into the process
waste streams.   The concentrations actually measured vary widely and the
data are not sufficiently complete to make absolute judgments concerning
typical levels for many of the operations carried out in  the  industry.
However, some generalizations can be made.


    In  the  closely controlled, well operated, integrated manufacturing
facilities examined as a part of the  present  study,  where  phosphoric
acid  type  cleaners  were  not  being  produced,  the concentrations of
phosphorus contained in the combined raw waste was  generally  under  25
mg/1 as phosphorus.  In those same facilities the average concentrations
                                  86

-------
were  typically  5-10  mg/1 as phosphorus; i.e., of the same order as is
contained in domestic sewage.

Table 2 indicates the treatment technology which can be applied  to  the
appropriate waste streams for removal of specific pollutants of concern.


DISCUSSION OF TREATMENT TECHNIQUES

The  treatment  technology  proposed  is  standard  and  in routine use.
Operating and design techniques  are  well  established  and  have  been
reported  upon  extensively  in the literature.  Therefore, only a brief
discussion of such operations and processes is included in this  report.
A list of the major pollutants and treatment methods usually employed to
handle  them  are  given  in  Table 2.  Removal efficiencies for some of
these treatment methods are given in Table 3.

Oil__and_Grease_Rernoval - This may be accomplished by the application  of
any  one,  or  a combination of three basic separation methods - gravity
separation, physical filtration, or adsorption.  The gravity  separators
are  designed  to  handle  loads  of 20,500-41,000 1/day/sq m  (500-1,000
gpd/sq ft) of surface.  The filters are normally operated at  205-615  1
/min/sq m  (5-15 gpm/sq ft).

Carbon  and  other  related  solid  phase  adsorption operations require
approximately 0.45-0.68 kg (1.0-1.5 Ib) of adsorbent per 0.45 kg (1  Ib)
of   oil  removed.   Flotation  operates  very  much  the  same  as  the
sedimentation operation in terms of over-all efficiency.  Air rates  are
usually   maintained  around  0.004-0.011  cu  m/min/cu  m   (0.5-1.5  cu
ft/min/100 gal) of recycled flow.  Chemical doses  of  Fed3,  alum,  or
lime vary  from 50-150 mg/1.
                                  87

-------
                                TABLE 2
          Treatment Methods Used in Elimination of Pollutants
Pollutants

Free and emulsified
oils and greases
Suspended Solids
Dispersed Organics
Dissolved Solids
(Inorganic)
Unacceptable Acidity
or Alkalinity

Sludge obtained from
or produced in
process
Treatments

1.  Gravity separation
2.  Coagulation and sedimentation
3.  Carbon adsorption
4.  Mixed media filtration
5.  Flotation

1.  Plain sedimentation
2.  Coagulation-sedimentation
3.  Mixed media filtration

1.  Bioconversion
2.  Carbon adsorption

1.  Eeverse osmosis
2.  Ion exchange
3.  Sedimentation
4.  Evaporation
1.   Neutralization

1.   Digestion
2.   Incineration
3.   Lagooning
4.   Thickening
5.   Centrifuging
6.   Wet oxidation
7.   Vacuum filtration
                                  88

-------
                                Table 3
Pollutantmand_Method

Oil_and^ Grease
API type separation
                                Efficiency  (Percentage -of Pollutant Removed}_
                                Up to 90 percent of free oils and greases.
                                Variable on emulsified oil.
Carbon adsorption
                                Up to 95 percent of both free and
                                emulsified oils.
Flotation
                                Without the addition of solid
                                phase, alum or iron, 70-80 percent of
                                both free and emulsified oil.
                                With the addition of chemicals,
                                90 percent
Mixed media filtration
                                Up to 95 percent of free oils.
                                ciency in removing emulsified
                                oils unknown.
Effi-
Coagulation-sedimentation
with iron, alum or solid
phase (bentonite, etc.)

Suspended Solids

Mixed media filtration

Coagulation-sedimentation
                                Up to 95 percent of free oil.  Up to
                                90 percent of emulsified oil.
                                70-80 percent

                                50-80 percent
Chemical Oxygen Demand

Bioconversions (with final
clarifier)
                                60-95 percent or more

                                Up to 90 percent
Carbon adsorption

Residual Suspended Solids

Sand or mixed media filtration  50-95 percent

Dissolved,Solids

Ion exchange or reverse osmosis Up to 99 percent
                                  89

-------
Coagulation	and	Se^dd-ment-ati^on  -  These  units are designed to provide
between 30 and 60 minutes of coagulation time and are normally  designed
for  surface  loading rates of 16,400-61,500 I/day sq m  (400-1500 gpd/sq
ft) depending upon the nature of the waste.

Bioconversion_Systems - Bioconversion is a biological method of removing
pollutants from waste water,  .its  use  involves  one  or  more  of  the
following:

1.  Aerated lagoons
2.  Extended aeration
3.  Activated sludge
4.  Contact stabilization
5.  Trickling filters

While  both  aerobic  and  anaerobic  sludge digestion are bioconversion
processes, they are not used to  /remove  pollutants  directly  from  the
waste  stream  but  rather to further treat materials already removed or
currently  being  generated 'as  a  part  of  the  treatment  operation.
Bioconversion  units  based on the use of activated sludge or one of the
basic modifications thereof are designed en the basis of 90-363 mg (0.2-
0.8 Ib)  of COD per 0.45 kg (1 Ib) of dry biomass.   Depending  upon  the
nature  of the organics, this loading will provide removals in excess of
80-90  percent.    Trickling  filter  systems  are  designed  in  a  more
empirical  fashion  using  one  of  the  many formulae in the literature
relating efficiency to a real loading depth, recycle rate and  hydraulic
load.

Carbon	Adsorption Systems - These are of two general types; those which
use a more or less fixed carbon bed, and those which use powdered carbon
and recover the spent carbon in an accompanying clarifier.   The  carbon
is  usually  loaded  at  rates of 45-227 g  (0.1-0.5 Ib)  of pollutant per
0.45 kg (1 Ib)  of  carbon.   At  conventional  surface  loadings,  spent
powdered  carbon  is  easily  recovered in a clarifier after coagulation
with inorganic salts or org/anic polyelectrolytes.

Carbon regeneration is a comparatively new art.  While some regenerative
type  systems  do  exist,  they  are  neither  common   nor   completely
satisfactory,    In   carbon   regeneration,   there  are  a  number  of
technological questions still to be answered.  For example, movement  of
the carbon to the furnace, attrition rates, control of "oxygen to prevent
explosion.  All of these questions should be carefully examined prior to
entering  upon  a  major  program  utilizing the carbon adsorption waste
treatment process.  However, if the nature of the wastes to  be  treated
clearly  indicate  the  desirability  of  using  the  process, the above
considerations should not be viewed as absolute deterrents.

Filtratign_ for Removal^of Suspended	Solids  _  See  discussion  of  oil
removal.

Pissolyed_Solids_Removal - The design of systems for this purpose varies
widely  with  the  manufacturer.   They  are  evaluated  on the basis of
efficiency, water recovery, and the tendency to foul in the presence  of
                                  90

-------
suspended  material.   Most  systems  require the removal of most of the
solids prior to treatment.  Some  require  virtually  complete  removal.
Over-all  water recovery tends to vary from 65-90 percent depending upon
the particular system employed and the nature of the waste.
                                    ions - In a good part  of  the  soap
and detergent industry, the conversion of raw materials and the recovery
of  reaction  by-products  is  carried  out  on  a  batch  rather than a
continuous  basis.   This  results  in  effluent  streams   which   flow
sporadically  and  vary greatly in content and volume.  Because of this,
most soap and detergent plants have  devised  ways  of  offsetting  such
irregular  performance and obtaining effluent streams of a more constant
nature, usually by providing some system capacitance, frequently in  the
form of an equalization basin.

While  it is not recommended that provision.be made specifically for the
control of phosphorus,  it  is  recognized  that  a  certain  amount  of
phosphorus is normally degraded in the normal course of waste treatment.
The following discussion is presented to indicate how this occurs.

When  in  the coagulation and sedimentation unit waste treatment process
lime, alum or a combination  of  iron  salts  is  used  as  the  primary
coagulant  for  the  removal  of  suspended  or  colloidal material, the
removal of phosphorus may be carried out concomitantly by  making  minor
adjustments in the mode of operation and the handling of the sludge.  In
many  cases, a high degree of removal will be obtained with no change in
the standard  operating  practices.   It  depends  upon  the  pH  levels
employed  in  lime  coagulation  and the level of aluminum or iron salts
employed in polyelectrolyte coagulation.   In  general,  this  procedure
will  produce  phosphorus  levels  well  under 1 mg/1 and under 0.5 mg/1
where an extremely high level of sedimentation performance is obtained.

In the above mentioned  waste  treatment  process,  some  phosphorus  is
removed  as  the  phosphate  salt  of  the  metal cation employed in the
coagulation step.  In the case  of  lime  precipitation,  pH  values  in
excess  of  9.5 are generally required for a high level of removal.  The\
actual value depends on the background calcium in the waste  stream  and
the  level  of  removal  required.   In  the  case of ferric or aluminum
phosphate precipitation, 1-3 times the stochiometric  quantity  will  be
required for a high degree of removal.  As can be seen, these quantities
of   material  do  not  represent  a  major  addition  to  the  chemical
requirements and indeed  a  high  level  of  phosphate  removal  may  be
incidental  to suspended and colloidal solids removal.  Where phosphorus
removal is practiced as a part of an over-all waste treatment  operation
which  includes  bioconversion,  a  sufficient  level of pnosphorus must
remain in the  stream  flowing  to  the  biological  system  to  support
microbial  action.  On a weight basis, this is generally of the order of
200 units of COD for each unit of phosphorus.

To facilitate an understanding of the relationship between  the  various
unit  processes  involved  in  the over-all waste treatment process, the
former have been arranged in the approximate order in which  they  might
                                  91

-------
 occur in  a  composite  waste  treatment  flow  chart  in  Figure 20.  A similar
 chart for sludge  solids  handling  is presented  in Figure  21.

 SPECIAL OPERATIONAL ASPECTS OF  CONTROL TECHNOLOGY

 The nature  of the treatment scheme proposed  herein, coupled with certain
 basic  characteristics   of  the  industry  itself,  calls  for special design
 and operating techniques in order to  achieve satisfactory waste control.
 The factors involved  are discussed briefly in  the following paragraphs.

 The industry employs  many batch operations which tend  to produce  waste
 of  variable character and  quantity.  £s a consequence,  there is often a
 need for  some way of  obtaining  a  more uniform  waste  stream  from  the
 standpoints  of   both composition and flow.  Traditionally this has been
 done by installing mixed equalization tanks  through   which  the  wastes
 pass  prior  to   being   subjected to the  principal treatment.  However,
 these units  often present operating problems of  their  own.  For example:

 1.  If the  waste  is not  at  biostatic  concentrations when it reaches  the
 treatment   plant,  some   bacterial growth  will occur in  the equalization
 unit producing solids and tending to  reduce  the  oxidation  potential  of
 the  system  to   ineffective levels with accompanying  odors and nuisance
 status.

 2.  It is necessary to provide  a  minimum cf  0.8  kw/cum (40 hp/1000  gal)
 to be sure  that the wastes  in the equalization tank are  completely mixed
 and that  sedimentation will not occur.

 On  the   other  hand,  if  an  equalization  unit  is  not provided, unit
 operations  and processes  which  are regulated by  flow   and  concentration
 will  be  adversely   affected.  In minimizing  or eliminating the adverse
 effects of  influent surges,  the following  should be considered:

 1.  Installation  of clarification units  which  can be kept uniformly over
 U m (12 feet) side water  depth.   Deep units  are  much  less  subject  to
 upsets  by variations in  surface  loading than  are shallower units of 3 m
 (10 ft)  or  less.

 2.  If a completely mixed first  stage   activated  sludge  bioconversion
 system  is   to  be  employed it  should be  understood that the effluent
quality will vary with the  influent strength surges.   Effluent  quality
 variations   can   be   handled either  by equalization, or by providing a
 second activated  sludge  stage of  the  plug  flow type.   Since  the  energy
 per  unit/volume   requirements  for either  option are roughly comparable,
the latter procedure  is generally the   most  cost  effective  means  of
 dealing with this  problem.

If  carbon  adsorption  is   to  be employed  instead of bioconversion, an
equalized  feed   stream   will   be necessary.    Regardless   of   other
considerations,    an   upstream   system capacitance  must  be provided if
maximum efficiency is to  be  obtained  from  the  treatment.   Whenever  the
waste   entering   a coagulation  and sedimentation unit  tends to be highly
 biodegradable,  troubles with gasification  in high solids systems may  be
                                  92

-------
                                         COMPOSITE FLOWSHEET
                                            WASTE TREATMENT
                                      SOAP & DETERGENT INDUSTRY
RAW
WASTE '
EQUALIZA-
  TION
OIL & GREASE
 REMOVAL
                      SLUDGE &
                      OIL OUT
                                                                TO REGENERATION
                                                 LU
COAGULATION

SEDIMENTATION
                                          HI
                                          (D
                                          O
                                                                      r     i
                                                                       FROM
                                                                       REGENERATION
                                                                      CARBON
                                                                      ADSORPTION
BIOCONVERSION
                                               SLUDGE  RECYCLE
                                                                                 EFFLUENT
                 GREASE & OIL RECOVERY
                                                    SLUDGE CONDITIONING
                                                          AND
                                                         DISPOSAL
                                                                                      BRINE
                                                                           t
                                                                                     REVERSE
                                                                                     OSMOSIS
                                                                                       ION
                                                                                     EXCHANGE
SAND OR
MIXED MEDIA
FILTRATION
                                                                                                        FINAL
                                                                                                        EFFLUENT
                                                   FIGURE  20

-------
                 SLUDGE SOLIDS HANDLING
                 SOAP & DETERGENT INDUSTRY
 SLUDGE FROM OILY
 WATER TREATER
       SLUDGE FROM
COAGULATION & SEDIMENTATION
        OVERFLOW TO
        PROCESS
                                    OVERFLOW TO
                                         PROCESS
                                     WASTE SLUDGE
                                     FROM BIOCONVERSION
                                     SYSTEM
                                                  THICKENING
                            THICKENING
                                                     _U
                          DEWATERING
                          VACUUM FILTER
                          OR CENTRIFUGE
                        -> TO LAGOON


                             OVERFLOW TO
                                                 PROCESS
                                                                HEAT
                                                                TREATMENT
                                                                 LAGOON
                                                                 DISPOSAL
                        CAKE TO INCINERATION
                        OR GROUND DISPOSAL
       GROUND
            i
       DISPOSAL
       ASH TO LANDFILL
       OR GROUND DISPOSAL
                                              INCINERATION
94
                           FIGURE  21

-------
anticipated   if   neutral  pH  values  are  employed  for  coagulation.
Therefore, it is necessary to evaluate the residence or holdup of solids
that can be employed, prior to deciding upon a treatment system.   Plant
shutdown  for  turnaround or-\under emergency conditions, particularly if
operations cease for more than two  to  three  days,  can  result  in  a
diminution  in  the  effectiveness  of bioconversion systems on startup.
Under such circumstances, the advantages of having an equalization  unit
of  substantial  size  ahead  of the bioconversion unit become apparent.
During turnaround, the equalization unit may  be  drained  and  cleaned,
thereby  providing  the food materials necessary to sustain the resident
biota in the bioconversion portion  of  the  system.   If  this  is  not
possible,   provision  should  be  made  for  the  discharge  of  stored
concentrated waste to the bioconversion unit during plant shutdown.

The equipment associated with the treatment steps proposed  herein  does
not  have  extraordinary maintenance requirements.  Normal once per year
examination,  along  with   routine   maintenance,   is   the   standard
requirement.   Consideration should be given to providing unit by-passes
or  the  utilization  of  design  concepts  which  will  permit  routine
maintenance  without  taking  the  unit  out  of  service.  It should be
generally possible to by-pass each individual unit  without  taking  the
plant  off  tha  line  or  markedly  changing  the  over-all operational
efficiency.

Waste treatment works must be  well  managed  to  avoid  their  becoming
public nuisances.  If not handled properly, lagoons, the incineration of
sludge  or  the regeneration of carbon may generate objectionable odors.
This problem may be eliminated or controlled by proper location  of  the
units  and  the  use  of gas emission control equipment.  In the case of
lagoons, proper operation of the  preceding  waste  treatment  units  is
essential.


Solid^Waste__Generation Associated with TreatmentT Technology

Depending  on  the  precise  nature  of the over-all was-de stream, solid
waste may orginate at any one of several points in the  waste  treatment
process.  Please refer to the composite waste treatment flow sheet.  The
principal sources of solid waste are :

1.   Sludge  from  the  under flow of a gravity type oily water treater.
This sludge would normally be combined with other waste solids from  the
process.

2.   Sludge  withdrawn  from  the coagulation and sedimentation unit and
combined with other waste sludges or processed separately.

3.  Waste sludge which is normally generated in a bioconversion facility
although the units can be designed  to  approach  virtual  steady  state
between  new  sludge production and the loss of resident sludge over the
weir and through endogenous respiration.
                                   95

-------
Process sludges are treated by ore or more of the  methods  outlined  in
Figure  21.  In rough chronological order, steps leading to the ultimate
disposal or sludge include the following:

1.  As a first step, the sludge is thickened in a gravity thickener or a
centrifugal device.   In  either  case,  effluent  solid  concentrations
varying from 3 percent to 10 percent may be anticipated.  The difference
arises  from  the  substantial differences in the characteristics of the
sludges.

2.  After thickening,  biological  sludges  may  be  treated  to  reduce
moisture  content of the ultimate cake,  The sludge is then subjected to
heat and pressure to reduce the size and complexity of the  protein  and
carbohydrate  cellular  material.   This, in turn, releases bound water.
In some cases the sludge is discharged to a lagoon after this step.

3.  In the next step, the sludges are  dewatered,  either  on  a  vacuum
filter  or  in  a solid bowl centrifuge.  In some instances sludges will
have to  be  conditioned  with  either  organic  polymers  or  inorganic
polyelectrolytes prior to dewatering.

4.  Following the dewatering step the sludge may be disposed of directly
or incinerated for the removal of virtually all of the residual  organic
matter.

5.  Following incineration, the ash, which constitutes from 5 percent to
10 percent of the initial mass, is disposed of as land fill.
                                  96

-------
                              SECTION VIII

               COST, ENERGY AND NON-WATER QUALITY ASPECTS
There  are  fewer  than  a  dozen  plants  associated  with the soap and
detergent manufacturing industry which are point source dischargers into
navigable  waters.   Of  these  plants,  only   one   has   a   complete
primary-secondary  treatment  plant  comparable to those found in a good
municipal sewage  treatment  system.   There  are  several  aerated  and
non-aerated lagoons which experience varying degrees of success in their
ability to reduce the incoming load to acceptable levels.

Because  of  the  highly variable nature of the wastes which makes indi-
vidual treatment prohibitively expensive,  most  small  and  medium-size
plants  will  continue their current practice of sending their wastes to
municipal or regional systems.  For this reason emphasis in this section
has been placed on in-plant controls rather then end-of-pipe treatment.

IN-PLANT CONTROL

There are essentially three sources  of  in-plant  contaminants  of  the
waste water effluent streams.  They are:

     1.  Impurities removed from raw materials
     2.  By-products or degradation products made
         in the process
     3.  Very dilute product  (in aqueous solution)
         resulting from leaks and spills and the
         clean out of equipment.

These are discussed in the succeeding paragraphs.


                                TABLE,q

                     Range of Water Use by Process
                      (gal/1000 Ib Product Produced)
                     (liters/119kg Product Produced)

Batch Kettle Soap                                25 - 2345

Fat Splitting                                   203 - 23,200

Soap Via Fatty Acid Neutralization               31 - 1750

Glycerine Concentration                          80 - 120,000

Glycerine Distillation                           40 -  65,000

Bar Soap                                          9 - 2300
                                  97

-------
Oleum Sulfonation                                12-90

Air/303 Sulfonation                               1 - 240

Chlorosulfonic Acid Sulfonation .                184 - 330

Neutralization                                    2 - 1100

Spray Dried Detergents                           14 - 228

Liquid Detergents                                75 - 185

Drum Dried Detergents                           265 - 400

Detergent Bars & Cakes                          circa 25


Impurities^ Removal

There are two main sources of impurities which concern the manufacturers
of  soaps  and  detergents.  They are the light ends and color bodies in
the fats and oils used in the manufacture of soap, and  the  light  ends
(usually  low  molecular  weight  fatty  acids)  removed in the flashing
and/or distillation of  fatty  acid  produced  from  the  fat  splitting
process.   In  both  cases  the  processes having high effluent loadings
employ barometric condensers.  Replacement  of  barometrics  by  surface
condensers   would   appreciably  reduce  the  amount  of  contamination
(approximately 80 percent) and, cf course, all but eliminate the  entire
hydraulic loading.  The capital cost of this replacement would amount to
approximately  $2,00-$3,00/1000  Ib  annual  capacity of fatty acid in a
plant capable of making 100 million pounds per year having other capital
cost about $60-$70/1000 Ib of annual capacity.  This,  however,  is  not
the  only  way  in  which  the  effluent problem could be minimized.  An
alternative is to install an extractive step ahead of the barometric leg
where the light ends are picked up in an oil film to be later  distilled
for  the  recovery  of  the  valuable  low  molecular  weight acids.  An
installation of this type has been proven successful  commercially.   It
has  a  two year payout.  An initial capital investment of approximately
$7-9/1000 Ib annual capacity of fatty acid produced  would  be  required
for  a  20 million Ib per year plant.  A reduction in raw waste loadings
of approximately 85 percent would te attained.

Still another method of handling the problem is the  installation  of  a
cooling tower with recirculation of condenser water, and employing a fat
skimmer.   A  periodic blowdown of the skimmer to sewer would dispose of
accumulated solubles, and the fat recovered would assist in the  payout.
The  cost for such an installation would be approximately $10-12/1000 Ib
of annual capacity for a 40 million Ib per year plant.  Reduction of raw
waste loadings of approximately 75 percent would be anticipated.

Although not strictly an impurity, glycerine is  carried  overhead  into
the  barometric  condenser  water  in  the  process of concentrating and
subsequently  distilling  the  product  out  of  dilute  feeds.   It  is
                                 98

-------
estimated  that  the  cost of replacing the barometric legs with surface
condensers and  appropriate  vacuum  equipment  would  amount  to  about
$21/1000  Ib  annual  capacity  of  glycerine and would reduce raw waste
loads by about 90 percent.  This compares with a total  cost  of  around
$40/1000  Ib annual capacity for installation of concentrators utilizing
barometric  condensers.   The   payout   for   the   surface   condenser
installation   (based  on the additional product recovered)  is around 10+
years.  These estimates apply to a plant having a 10 million Ib per year
glycerine capacity.

Unfortunately, installation of  a  recirculating  cooling  water  system
would  have  no  effect  upon  the  effluent loadings in this case since
glycerine is soluble in water in all proportions and recirculation would
only result in higher concentrations in lower volumes  of  water.   This
could  be offset by operating the cooling tower as a biological tower to
reduce organics.

By2PrQduct/Degradation^Product_control

The dark colored soap  (nigre) recovered from batch  kettle  soap  making
can  in  some  instances  constitute a disposal problem.  In the larger,
more integrated plants there is usually a market for the material   (e.g.
pet soap) so that the disposal of the material is not a total liability.
Where this is not the case a modest investment would need to be made for
an  accumulator  tank where these materials could be acidulated to break
the soap, the fats being recovered and  sold  and  the  balance  of  the
aqueous  layer  being  sent  to  disposal.   An investment of about $2 -
$4/1000 Ib annual capacity of soap would be needed for  this  operation.
This  is  not  an inconsiderable amount when related to an already fully
amortized older plant, but it would result in  about  75  -  80  percent
reduction  in  raw  waste  load.   If  the fat is recovered, an ultimate
payout could be realized.

Degradation  of  product  occurs  most  abundantly  in  the  sulfonation
processes,  particularly in the start up of an air-sulfur trioxide unit.
In large integrated plants this causes only minor  problems  since  they
can  often  work  off  the relatively small amount by blending it into a
large volume material.  The small scale custom sulfonator is the one  of
concern.   He has no economic alternative but disposal to sewer.  Use of
a batch countercurrent process with improved agitation can give improved
heat transfer as well as increased contact of reactants.   This  can  be
achieved  with  an  almost  undiscernible cost.  In this case, the added
capital cost would amount to about $2.20/million kg  ($l/million  Ib)  of
annual   capacity.   Utilities  consumption  would  increase less than 10
percent  from  utilization  of  a  recycling  loop  for  the  neutralized
sulfonic acid product stream.

Dilute_Product From Cleanouts, Leaks & Spills

Liquid   detergent  manufacture at present accounts for one of the higher
waste water effluent loadings in the industry.  This is related  to  the
need  to  clean  out  the mixing tanks and filling lines thoroughly when
making a product change in the  filling  operation.   If  steam  or  air
                                 99

-------
 (rather than water) were used to blow the lines clean, the product could
be  directly  be   reused  or  in the case of steam the more concentrated
solutions could be stored and either reused or disposed of more  easily.
The  cost to the larger highly  integrated plants  (50 million Ib per year
with a capital cost of $25-30/1000 Ib of annual capacity)  would  amount
to  about $2 - $3/1000 Ib annual capacity of anhydrous product produced.
Resulting raw waste loads reduction  on  the  order  of  50  percent  or
greater should be  realized.

Additional  major  sources of dilute product streams are detergent spray
towers' air scrubbers and tower clean .outs.  A suggested  way  in  which
this  could  be  reduced  involves incorporating  concentrated and dilute
scrubbing streams  in series to  chill and scrub the exit gases  from  the
tower.   The  concentrated  stream would be recycled to the crutcher and
the dilute stream  used for make-up.  The capital  cost  would  amount  to
about  $1.00/1000  Ib  annual   capacity  for  spray  towers  capable  of
producing 100 million Ib per year.  This includes cooling facilities  to
keep  the scrubber water down to an effective chilling temperature.  Raw
waste reduction should be approximately 65 percent.

END_OF_PIPE_TREATMENT

Waste water streams from soap and detergent processes are  readily  bio-
degradable,   but   they  do  not  have  uniform  flows  nor  are  their
concentrations constant.  In most cases  there  are  significant  surges
having  varying  strengths  of  contaminants.  This set of conditions is
very detrimental to the successful operation of a treatment system.  For
this reason, small scale operators having intermittant streams of 10,000
- 50,000 gallons per day of waste water are almost  without  alternative
to utilization of municipal sewer systems.

Packaged,  off  the  shelf  units,  at  a  cost  approximating $600/1000
gal/day, could indeed handle the load for  a  small  plant  if  it  were
consistent   in   quality,  concentration,  and  flow.   None  of  these
conditions,  however,  describe  the  waste   waters   associated   with
operations  of  the  conventional  small or large plant.  An alternative
could be the installation of a large equalization basin, but it would be
prohibitively expensive for a small  operation.   Further,  the  typical
plant  is  usually located in a metropolitan area where the availability
of enough land poses an insurmountable problem.

In plants having daily flows of about 500,000 gallons, the capital  cost
for  end  of the pipe treatment can be expected to run around $2,000,000
with  an  operating  cost  approaching   $900/million   gallons.     Best
practicable  control  treatment  currently  available  would most likely
include chemical precipitation and equalization followed by an activated
sludge unit and final clarification.

Best available technology economically achievable  would  incorporate  a
final  polishing  operation,  such  as  mixed media filtration or carbon
absorption, or a second stage  activated  sludge  unit  with  plug  flow
operation.
                                100

-------
                                       Table 5

                          Cost and Energy Requirements Associated

                               With Various Treatment Methods
Treatment Procedure
                     Costs
                       Power Requirements
                   Capital
                           Operational
Oil & Grease
  Removal

Hand skimmed
   tanks      $26-79/1000 1
             ($100-300/1000 gal.)

Mechanically
cleaned tanks $13-18/1000 1
             ($50-70/1000 gal.)
Mixed media
filtration
Flotation


Carbon
adsorption
 $21-66/1000 1
($80-250/1000 gal.)

 $11-37/1000 1
($40-140/1000 gal.)
 $26-210/1000 1
($100-800/1000 gal.)
                       $5.00/day
                       None
                       $0.008-0.026/1000 1   0.19-0.57 kw/1000 cu m/day
                      ($0.03-0.10/1000 gal.) 1-3 hp mgd
 $0.032-0.105/1000 1   1.52-2.85 kw/1000 cu m/day
(0.12-0.25/1000 gal.)  8-15 hp/mgd

 $0.03-0.11/1000 1     1.14-2.85 kw/1000 cu m/day
($0.12-0.40/1000 gal.) 6-15 hp/mgd
 $0.22-0.66/kg  oil
($0.10-0.30/lb  oil)
0.95-1.9 kw/1000 cu m/day
5-10 hp/mgd

-------
                                             Table  5
                                                 (cont'd)
         Treatment Procedure
                                 Costs
                       Power Requirements
o
N)
                            Capital
                                       Operational
Carbon Adsorption
System

Fixed carbon
in column     $26-79/1000 1
             ($100-300/1000 gal.)

Powdered Car-
bon fed prior
to coagulation
& sedimentation
void
              $6-26/1000 1
             ($25-100/1000 gal.)

Final
Clarification $13-40/1000 1
             ($50-150/1000 gal.)

Effluent
Filtration    $21-69/1000 1
             ($80-260/1000 gal.)

Reverse Osmosis
         Systems
              $79-158/1000 1
             ($300-600/1000 gal.)
                                              $0,
                                             ($0,
    04-0.132/1000 1
    15-0.50/1000 gal.)
                   0.95-1.9 kw/1000 cu m/day
                   5-10 hp/mgd
                                              $0,
                                             ($0,
                                              $0,
                                             ($0,
                                              $0,
                                             ($0,
 $0,
($0,
    04-0.132/1000 1
    15-0.50/1000 gal.)
    008-0.019/1000 1
    03-0.07/1000 gal.)
    013-0.040/1000 1
    05-0.15/1000 gal.)
079-0.26N9/1000 1
30-1.00/1000 gal.)
                   0.95-2.85 kw/1000 cu m/day
                   5-15 hp/mgd
                   0.19-0.57 kw/1000 cu m/day
                   1-3 hp/mgd
                   0.95-1.9 kw/1000 cu m/day
                   5-J.Ohp/mgd
190 kw/1000 cu m/day
1000 hp/mgd

-------
                                             Table  5       (cont'd)


          Treatment Procedure      	Costs  	    	 Power Requirements
                             Capital              Operational

          Suspended Solids
          Removal

          Coagulation &
          sedimentation $13-40/1000 1         $0.013-0.024/1000 1   0.19-0.57 kw/cu m/day
                       ($50-150/1000  gal.)    ($0.05-0.09/lQQO;gal.) 1-3 hp/mgd

          Chemical
          addition                            $0.003-0.013/1000 1
                                             ($0.01-0.05/1000 gal.) Fractional mgd

          Mixed Media
o         Filtration & Flotation -  See Oil  & Grease Removal
CO

          Bioconversion::
          Systems

          Activated
          sludge        $29-73/1000 1         $0.013-0.039/1000 1   19-95 kw/1000 cu m/day
                       ($110-275/1000 gal.)  ($0. Q5-0.15/1000 gal.) 100-500 hp/mgd

          Aerated Lagoons
                        $28-53/1000 1         $0.016-0.029/1000 1   19-95 kw/1000 cu m/day
                       ($70-2000/1000 gal.)  ($0.04-0.12/1000 gal.) 100-500 hp/mgd

          Extended
          aeration      $21-79/1000 1         $0.013-0.053/1000 1   19-95 kw/1000 cu m/day
                       ($80-300/1000  gal.)    ($0.05-0.20/1000 gal.) 100-500 hp/mgd

-------
                               Table 5 (cont'd)


-Power  cost  taken  at $0.01 KWH
-Attendance  @ $5.00/hour
-Manufacturer data used for power requirements
-Plant  sizes are generally across 0.01-0.19 kw/1000 cu m/day  (0.1-1.0 MGD) to show
 cost variation and economy of scale.

-------
With  the introduction of surface condensers to replace the barometrics,
utility costs (including power)  will  increase.   Generally,  in  those
processes   requiring   capital   modification   because   of  guideline
recommendations, the utility costs will rise an average 220/1000  Ib  of
product  manufactured.   About  70 of this is due to direct power needs,
the rest being for steam, cooling water, etc.

As might be expected, the processes  impacted  the  most  are  glycerine
concentration and distillation which amounts to about $7,80/1000 Ib.

NON-WATER_2UALITY_ASPECTS

There is very little non-waterborne waste generated in the production of
soaps  and  detergents.   Almost  all  (99+ percent)  of the raw materials
entering the soap and detergent processes end up  as  packaged  products
for  sale  to  the  household or industrial consumer.  Modest amounts of
solid wastes end up in sanitary landfill operations.

In the operation of dry filling lines there are infrequent problems with
the mechanical equipment that result  in  damaged  cartons.   This  same
problem  applies  with  many  of  the operations, including warehousing.
Wherever possible, the product is recycled back into  the  manufacturing
process  unless it becomes excessively contaminated.  At most, one would
expect several hundred pounds per day of solid wastes being  sent  to  a
sanitary landfill for disposal from a large plant.

During  spray drying tower cleanouts, there often will be caked, charred
material unsuitable for recycle.  This would amount to about 1000 Ib per
week from a very large plant; again, this material would be  sent  to  a
sanitary landfill.

Sludge  from  waste  water treatment will also be an input into sanitary
landfill operations.  One system in operation pumps the sludge from  the
biotreater  into  the  chemical  treater  where it precipitates with the
addition of lime.  The settled precipitate is pumped to a settling basin
where the sludge builds up to a depth worthy of disposal, whereupon  the
"solids" are then taken to the landfill.

Conversion of air contamination problems into waste water problems is on
the  increase  in  the  soap and detergent industry.  Soap dust from bar
soap manufacture, and fines in exit air from the detergent  spray  tower
are being dissolved in scrubber water to be ultimately treated in sewage
systems.   This  is  an ideal way to maximize the disposal alternatives.
The products are biodegradable and readily handled in  already  existent
standard treatment facilities.

IMPLEMENTATION OF TREATMENT PLANS

The  equipment  required for implementing the waste treatments discussed
in the preceding sections of this report are available as  off-the-shelf
items  or  they may be found in manufacturers' catalogs.  In the present
                                 105

-------
economy the construction manpower is generally available, although short
term local variations in availability  are  to  be  expected.   However,
virtually  all  of the work required would be carried out by the general
contractor  normally  involved  in  the  construction  of   sewage   and
industrial waste treatment works.

Depending upon the waste treatment employed and the precise unit process
under  consideration,  the land requirements will vary from as little as
one-half acre to as much as three or four acres.  It is likely that, for
the industry as a whole, a good mean land requirement would  be  of  the
order of 0.4 to 0.8 ha  (one to two acres).

The  basic  cosvts  and  relative  efficiencies  of  the  waste treatment
processes outlined-in the composite waste treatment flow chart have been
summarized in Table 5./  The capital and  operating  costs  were  derived
from  sctual  plants  'which  have  been  construc-ted within the past few
years.  The higher range costs and capital are applicable to waste water
floitos of 50,000 - 100,000 gallons per day.  The lower end of  the  range
is  applicable to volumes of 2 - 3 million gallons per day.  The data in
the* table were adjusted upward and expressed in terms of 1972 dollars.
   i
Regarding operational costs, the figures cited are  direct  costs  only.
They  do  not  include  any administrative, overhead, fringe benefits or
directly  charged  laboratory  support.   If  these  costs  were  to  be
included, the total would be roughly double.

Sludge  conditioning  and  disposal costs are highly variable, depending
upon the nature of the sludge and the  procedures  followed.   The  cost
brackets  for  the sequences outlined in Figure 20 are shown in Table 6.
It is assumed that land is available for lagoon and landfill disposal of
sludge and ash.
                                 106

-------
                                     Table 6

                      Cost of Sludge Conditioning and Disposal Operations
Procedure
               Costs
                          Power Requirements
1.  Thickening-
    influent at
    5000 mg
2.   Lagooning

3.   Heat Treatment
                      Capital
                            Operational
 $1800-6400/metric ton
($2000-7000/ton)
    $1.60-6.40/metric ton
   ($1.80-7.00/ton)
 Depends upon land cost entirely
 $13,640-45,400/metric
($15,000-50,000/ton)
ton $4.50-13.60/metric ton
   ($5-15/ton)
Fractional/tpd
181-454 hp/mtpd
200-500 hp/tpd
Dewatering

4.   Vacuum Filtration $103-297/m2
                     (95-275/sq ft)
5.   Centrifugation
6.   Incineration
 $455-909/mtpd
($500-1000/tpd)

 $136,400-681,800/mtpd
($150,000-750,000/tpd)
    $7.30-31.80/metric ton
   ($8-35/ton)

    $4.55-22.70/metric ton
   ($5-25/ton)

    $4-55r22.70/metric ton
   ($15-50/ton)
22.7-68.2 hp/mtpd
22-75 hp/tpd

45.5-90.9 hp/mtpd
50-100 hp/tpd

182-273 hp/mtpd
200-300 hp/tpd

17.2-68.9 1 of
fuel oil/metric
ton (5-20 gal.
fuel oil/ton)

-------
                               SECTION IX

                  BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY

                          CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

Introduction

One of the  first  steps  in  the  development  of  guidelines  was  the
determination  of  raw  waste loadings in the waste water flows for each
subcategory in terms of kg/kkg (Ib of pollutant/1000  Ib)  of  anhydrous
product  produced  in  that  subcategory.   The  raw waste loading to be
expected from the best practicable technology was  established  and  the
guidelines  values  defined  as  appropriate  reduction of the raw waste
load, e.g., reasonable  expectancy  of  any  treatment  plant  having  a
biological secondary treatment process to attain 90 percent reduction of
BOD 5.

Wherever  appropriate,  attention  was  given  to  in-plant  controls to
minimize the raw waste load.

Several soap and detergent processes have almost a negligible  discharge
in  a  number  of manufacturing plants practicing those processes.  Best
practicable control technology currently available guidelines give  each
of these processes a very small but finite effluent allowance because of
one or more of the following reasons:

1.  The product in the effluent stream is so degraded it would
    be unsuitable for incorporation in the final product and must
    thus be disposed of.
2.  The waste water source is so dilute as to require undue amounts
    of heat energy to recover the dissolved solids content.
3.  The material in the waste water is quite biodegradable; there-
    fore, is readily handled by the receiving treatment plant.

In those categories where the guidelines have been set particularly low,
the  permit  writer  should be alert tc the occasional need to make spot
increases in these limits.  Upsets  and  mechanical  problems  requiring
cleanouts  may  crop  up,  rare  though  they  may  be.   This  will  be
particularly  critical  for  small  plants  (under  $500,000  in   gross
proceeds).   The larger integrated plants have sufficient flexibility in
their ability to recycle the contents of waste streams to minimize their
need for spot increases.

In a few processes there are some relatively heavy  discharges  of  salt
and  sodium  sulfate.   No limit has been established for these very low
toxicity materials since 1)  they will be highly diluted by other process
effluents before becoming a point discharge and  2)  the  permit  writer
will undoubtedly want to evaluate the background levels in the receiving
waters and determine what levels, if any, should be established.

No  maximum  delta  temperature  was  established since the differential
between inlet and outlet process water temperatures is quite modest,  at
                                  109

-------
most around  17°C  (30°F),  and much of the heat would be dissipated in the
waste treatment process.

The  interrelationship of  air and water pollution problems became quite
apparent in  this  study.   Increasingly stringent air  emission  standards
have  set  performance requirements  beyond the ability of dry recovery
systems available on  detergent spray towers.  Wet  scrubbers  have  been
employed  which   now  allow  the air effluent to meet those standards, but
result in a  substantial water flow and  a  correspondingly  higher  BOD5
loading.

In  every  instance   in   the  following  guidelines, the pH of the point
source discharge  is required to be between 6.0 and 9.0.

§OAP_MANUFACTURING

101 - SQAP MANUFACTURE BY KETTLE BOILIKG

General

This  ancient  art  has   been  carefully  scrutinized  by  all  of   its
practitioners  to minimize   cost  and  the avoidable loss of marketable
products where the installed capital permits.  Even in the area of  very
high  quality soaps there still appears to be a preference for this well
established  process.

There are essentially two main streams carrying  away  waste  from  this
source  (in  actual practice  there may be more subsidiary sources).  They
are typified by the blocks  indicated  in  the  simplified  flow  diagram
given below:
                                            tleat Soap
                                      Liquid Waste
                    WASTEWATER SOURCES IN SOAP MANUFACTURE

                              FIGURE  22
The  liquid  waste from  fat  pretreatment will normally be a fat in water
emulsion of modest BOD5, with  perhaps   some   clay  and  other  organics.
However,  the  stream from nigre  processing,  often just a purge, will be
                                  110

-------
very rich/in BOD5 and contain some sodium chloride and  sodium  sulfate.
Some  soap  manufacturers  do  not, at present, completely process their
nigre but/ run it directly to sewer.  This  is  a  point,  for  some,  to
improve in effluent control.

Raw Waste Loading

The  following  are  the  expected thirty day average raw waste loadings
which would be entering a waste treatment plant:

BOD5 - 6 kg /kkg     (6 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

COD - 10 kg /kkg     (10 lb/10001b) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids - 4 kg /kkg   (4 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                   soap

Oil and Grease - 0.9 kg /kkg   (0.9 lb/1000 Ib)
                 anhydrous soap


Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available Guidelines

On a thirty  day  average  basis  the  following  parameter  values  are
recommended:

BOD5 - 0.60 kg/kkg  (0.60 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

COD - 1.50 kg/kkg  (1.50 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids - O.UO kg/kkg (0.40 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous soap

Oil and Grease - 0.10 kg/kkg  (0.10 lb/1000 Ib)
                 anhydrous soap

pH  6.0-9.0

In  the  event of upset, startup or shutdown procedure, a value of three
times that indicated above should be considered, provided that over  any
given thirty day period the recommended average is maintained.

Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available

In  many  soap  plants  there  are  no access points in the floor to the
sewer.  This makes good housekeeping unavoidable.  All  leaks and  spills
are promptly attended to and recycled within the process.

The  guidelines  limitations  can  be  attained  by  the production  (and
marketing) of low grade soap from  the  nigre,  recovery  of  fats   from
acidulated sewer lyes and nigre, and secondary  (biological) treatment of
the resulting waste.
                                   Ill

-------
Rationale and Assumptions

Fat  saponification  is  carried out counter-currently where the aqueous
caustic stream is exhausted in a final reaction with fresh fat.  At  the
other  end  of the process the nearly fully saponified fat is completely
reacted by coming into contact with fresh caustic.  Salt recycle becomes
automatic in that energy required to concentrate  the  glycerine  stream
automatically  concentrates  the  salt.   Filtration  of  the evaporator
product provides the recycle salt.  There is still a substantial  amount
of salt that goes to the sewer via the bleed of the nigre.

Phase  relationships  of  electrolyte,  soap and caustic content largely
govern their concentration and use to maintain proper  soap  solubility.
Within these constraints good manufacturing management will minimize the
total constituents going to sewer.

At  present,  this  process can be brought close to no discharge only at
the expense of the smaller soap manufacturers who do not  exhaust  their
nigre.  The recommended settling and acidulation tank will go a long way
toward attaining this goal.

Most kettle boil soap making equipment is several decades old and repre-
sents  fully  amortized  capital.   The soap market is not noted for its
dynamic expansion.

102 - FATTY ACID MANUFACTURE BY FAT SPLITTING

General

The waste water effluents  for  disposal  come  from  essentially  three
sources;  pretreatment  of  the  fat,  light  ends  emitted from the fat
splitter and  the  fat  still,  and  the  water  solubles  left  in  the
acidulated  still  bottoms  after  the  recycleable fats are removed and
recovered.

The light ends mentioned above are found  in  the  condensate  from  the
barometric   condenser   and   include   short  chain  fatty  acids  and
unsaponifiables.  One of the minor contaminants  in  the  stream  coming
from  the  still bottoms is the catalyst.  It can be the sulfate salt of
zinc, or other alkaline earth metals.
A simplified  schematic  is  given  for  the
approximate location of waste water streams.
process  to  indicate  the
Light
Ends
•t-
-j Still
?
\
— ) 	
I Bottoms!.. ) —

*
Fatty Acid
to Market

Acidulation
& Settling

>
To
Receiving
Stream
•f

•Jater Solubles
& Metals Salts
                                      I Fats Recovery!

                              FAT SPLITTING

                               FIGURE 23
                                  112

-------
The following raw waste loading can be expected:

BOD5 - 12 kg /kkg  (12 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous acid

COD - 22 kg /kkg   (22 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous acid

Suspended Solids - 22 kg /kkg  (22 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                   acid

Oil and Grease - 2.5 kg /kkg  (22 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous
                 acid

Included  in  this  loading  are waste water flows from: fats treatment,
fats splitting, fatty acid distillation and still bottoms disposal.

Best^Practicable Control Technology, Currently Available guidelines

On a thirty day average, the following parameter levels are recommended:

BOD5 - 1.20 kg/kkg (1.20 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous acid

COD - 3.30 kg/kkg  (3.30 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous acid

Suspended Solids - 2.20 kg / kkg   (2.20 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous acid

Oil and Grease - 0.30 kg/1000 Ig  (0.30 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                 acid

pH  6.0-9.0

No additional provision need be made for startup,  shutdown  or  upsets.
Allowance  should  be  made for a twofold loading over a 24 hour period,
providing that during a thirty day period, which includes  this  day  of
high loading, the recommended average is maintained.

Best Practicable ^Control Technology Currently Available

Essential to the proper performance of the plant is the incorporation of
appropriate  fat  traps.   Indicative  of the technology involved is the
flow chart of a condenser/recovery unit which  could  handle  the  load.
Note that the only effluent is blowdown of the fat settler which handles
cooling tower waters.


Due  to  the  high  temperatures  maintained  in  the  fat splitter, fat
solubility and reaction rate are high so that 99 percent hydrolysis  can
be  expected.   This  makes  separation  of the condensates a relatively
simple  problem,  well  within  the  engineering  capabilities  of   the
industry.   As noted in the above discussion, it is reasonable to expect
that the only materials to be disposed of are light ends and bottoms.

Rationale^and Assumptions
                                  113

-------
Fatty Acid
Vapors
(Light Ends)
Barometric
Condenser
                 Recovered
                 Fat
Cooling
Tower
Slowdown to
Stream
      FATS RECOVERY SYSTEM

            FIGURE 24
                  114

-------
A fats recovery unit for treating fatty acid  still  bottoms  will  help
minimize loadings of effluent.'  This equipment plus biological secondary
treatment will bring the loadings down to the guidelines level.

1Q2 ~,FATTY ACID HYDROGENATION

General

As an example of the depth to which some technological studies have been
conducted,  the  details  of  fatty  acid  hydrogenation  processing are
presented.  Due to the advanced state of the art, guidelines recommended
are to cover all levels.

Technology^for^All Levels

Hydrogenation of fatty acids intended for soap manufacture  is  regarded
as an additive effluent loading to the fat splitting operation.

The  principal  raw materials for the manufacture of fatty acids used in
soap making are coco and tallow fats.  These are generally used  in  the
ratio  of  about  80 percent tallow fatty acids to 20 percent coco fatty
acids in soap making.

This blend contains in the order of 15 percent of  the  mono-unsaturated
oleic  acid  and around 3-4 percent of the doubly unsaturated linoleic
acid.  There is very little of the triply  unsaturated  linolenic  acid.
20   percent  unsaturated  fatty  acids  in  soap  is  often  excessive,
consequently the tallow portion of  the  fatty  acids  going  into  soap
manufacture  are partially hydrogenated.  This is particularly necessary
since tallow contains up to 50 percent cleic acid esters and as much  as
3 percent linoleic esters.

The usual process of making fatty acids and the hydrogenation of them is
given  in  the  schematic  flow  diagram  for the fatty acid manufacture
subcategory.  The hydrogenation process is  usually  carried  out  batch
wise, particularly for fatty acids destined for soap making.

The  hydrogen source for this process depends upon plant location.  When
near a petroleum refinery the hydrogen is often available from  cracking
operations  and  subsequently  requires  purification.  Hydrogen is also
available from electrolytic cells dedicated to electrolysis of salt  for
production of sodium and chlorine.

Another  common  source  of hydrogen is that from the dehydrogenation of
isopropyl alcohol to make acetone.   Whatever  the  source  of  hydrogen
there  will  usually be some alkane impurities that will build up in the
recycle use of hydrogen; consequently,  a  bleed  is  necessary  and  is
usually  disposed  of  by  burning.   This  disposition carries no water
effluent and consequently is disregarded in the guidelines.

The hydrogenation process requires a catalyst.  There are two well-known
catalyst systems.  One involves  the  deposition  of  nickel  as  nickel
formate  onto  a  pumice  or  kiesselguhr or a synthetic product such as
                                  115

-------
Celite.   The  other  commonly  used  catalyst  is  Raney-nickel.   Both
catalysts  are  usually  suspended  in the liquid to be hydrogenated and
subsequently  filtered  out.   When  Raney-nickel  is  used,  the  spent
catalyst  is  often  recovered  and  returned  to  the  manufacturer for
reprocessing.

Complete saturation of the fatty acids is not desirable since  a  modest
amount of cross linking by oxidation helps to make a firm soap and gives
the  bar good feel or hand.  Though not strictly true, the hydrogenation
of coco and tallow fatty acids is described as if the same in nature.

Hydrogenation is usually carried out with the catalyst suspended in  the
liquid  fatty  acids  in  a  batch  process  heated  to a temperature of
approximately 175 - 200 C  (347 - 392 F) as the hydrogen  passes  through
the  reactor.   When  the  degree  of saturation desired is achieved (as
measured by  iodine  number)  the  reaction . is  terminated.   Recovered
hydrogen is removed and sent back to storage via a booster system.

During  the hydrogenation process a number of side reactions occur, some
of  which  cause  significant  waste   water   effluent   contamination.
Isomerization  of  the  double  bond  along the chain does not cause any
difficulty.  However, occasional chain scission occurs, resulting in the
formation of short chain length olefins and short chain fatty acids  not
desirable  in  the  soap  making process.  As a result of the fatty acid
pre-heating  prior  to  hydrogenation  there  is  a  tendency  for  some
oxidative  cross  linking  to  occur,  resulting  in  a modest amount of
polymerized  fatty  acids.   Storage  of  the  fatty   acids   at   high
temperatures  also  accelerates  this  polymerization reaction.  Some of
these undesirable reactions result in added waste water contamination.

The  same  raw  waste  loadings  can  be  expected  for  all  levels  of
technology.

Raw^Waste Loadings^r,All Levels

The following raw waste loadings are expected:

BOD5 - 1.5 kg/kkg (1.5 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous acid

COD - 2.5 kg/kkg (2.5 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous acid

Suspended Solids - 1.0 kg/kkg (1.0 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous acid

Oil and Grease- 1.0 kg/kkg  (1.0 lb/1000 Ib)
                anhydrous acid


On a thirty day average basis, the following guidelines are recommended:

BOD5 - 0.15 kg/kkg (0.15 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous acid

COD - 0.37 kg/kkg  (0.37 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous acid
                                 116

-------
Suspended Solids - 0.10 kg/kkg  (0.10 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous acid

Oil and Grease - 0.10 kg/kkg (0.10 lb/1000 Ib)
                 anhydrous acid

pH - 6.0 - 9.0

There is little or no need for an additional upset allowance.


Rationale^and_Assumptions

It  may  be  noted  that hydrogenation steps in the manufacture of fatty
acids from fats is considered as a supplemental allowance in view of the
occasional use of this process in the general manufacturing  system  for
soap  manufacture.   The  levels of effluents suggested and their nature
have been outlined above, based upon a reasonable allowance  by  careful
practice  of  the  art  of  hydrogenation  and  by a careful control and
maximum  recovery  of  effluent  streams.   There   is   no   particular
discernible  addition  in the way of capital requirements or utility and
power requirements that would be more than marginal for  these  effluent
limitations guidelines requirements.

103 - SOAP FROM FATTY ACID NEUTRALIZATION

General

This  method  of  neat  soap  manufacture is a clean process.  The major
starting material, fatty acid, has already been subjected  to  a  severe
refining  step.  During the oil splitting process the volatile acids and
color bodies have been removed.

Neutralization is frequently carried out with soda ash, which results in
the  evolution  of  carbon  dioxide.   In   large   installations,   the
neutralization  may be a continuous process.  Batch operations utilizing
stoichiometric amounts of fatty acids and alkalis may be employed.

RawmWaste_Loading


The following raw waste loading can be expected:

BOD5 - 0.1 kg /kkg   (0.1 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

COD - 0.25 kg /kkg   (0.25 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids - 0.2 kg /kkg  (0.2 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous soap

Oil and Grease - 0.05 kg /kkg   (0.05 lb/1000 Ib)
                 anhydrous soap
                                 117

-------
Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available Guidelines

On a thirty  day  average  basis  the   following  parameter  limits  are
recommended:

BOD5 - 0.01 kg /kkg   (0.01 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous soap

COD - 0.05 kg/kkg  (0.05 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids - 0.02 kg /kkg   (0.02  lgs/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous soap

Oil and Grease - 0.01 kg / kkg   (0.01 lb/1000 Ib)
                 anhydrous soap

pH 6.0 - 9.0

There is little or no need for an additional upset allowance.


Best Practicable__Cgntrgl^TechnQlogy Currently^Ayailable

Secondary  biological treatment will very adequately handle the effluent
from this process.

Rationale__and_Assumptiong

This process is carried  out  using  stoichiometric  quantities  of  all
reactants  so that the entire content of the reactor is sent in total to
the next processing step; bar soap, soap flakes/chips, or  liquid  soap.
The product is neat soap at approximately 70 percent concentration.

Leaks from pump and other packing glands should be gathered and returned
to the process.

lOa — GLYCERINE RECOVERY

General

The character of the waste water streams from glycerine recovery will be
determined  by  the source of the dilute streams which are concentrated.
There are two sources of dilute glycerine; one from  the  processing  of
sweet  water  lyes  of  kettle  boiling  soap  and  the  other  from fat
splitting.

In the case of the soap making source, a stream which contains  8  -  15
percent  glycerine,  salt  and  miscellaneous organic matter is run to a
batch evaporator and concentrated to 60  -  80  percent.   In  glycerine
concentration the 80 percent product is removed as a bottoms product and
therefore  contains  all  of  the original impurities (less a lot of the
original salt), but in a much more concentrated form.  At this point the
stream is either sold to a glycerine refiner or again batch handled in a
glycerine still where the product is taken overhead.
                                 118

-------
The  dilute  glycerine  stream   from   fat   splitting   can   be   varied
significantly  in  concentration.   It  all  depends  upon  how  the fat
splitter is operated.  Glycerine is a  bottoms product from the splitter.
A fairly concentrated glycerine  can be obtained if  the  yield  of  fatty
acid is sacrificed or the  production rate  is  diminished.

As  the  glycerine  stream comes  from the fat splitter,  it is normally
flashed  to  atmospheric   pressure,  thereby   gaining   an   immediately
increased concentration of product.

A simplified flow chart of the concentrating  and distillation process is
as follows:
                                     Condensate to Waste
                                   Concentrated
                                   Glycerine
                                   60  - 807.
4i 	
Salt filtered
or centrifuged


                   To Soap
                   Manufacture

                         GLYCERINE CONCENTRATION

                               FIGURE 25
Raw  Waste  Loading

The  glycerine  concentration and glycerine distillation should be handled
separately.  Quite often the glycerine which is concentrated to 60 or  80
percent   is  sold to another firm for further distillation to an assay  of
98+  percent  glycerine.

Raw  waste  characteristics are expected to average as follows:

Glycerine  Concentration

BOD5 - 15  kg /kkg  (15 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrousvglycerine

COD  - 30 kg  /kkg  (30 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine
 Suspended Solids - 2 kg /kkg
                    glycerine
(2  lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous
 Oil and Grease - 1 kg/kkg  (1 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                  glycerine

 Glycerine Distillation
                                  119

-------
BOD5 - 5 kg /kkg   (5 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine

COD - 10 kg /kkg   (10 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine

Suspended Solids - 2 kg /kkg  (2 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous glycerine

Oil and Grease - 1 kg/kkg   (1 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine

Best gracticable_Control Technology Currently Available Guidelines

Separate guidelines should be established for the waste water  effluents
for   the   glycerine   concentration   step  and  the  final  glycerine
distillation since, in many cases, these two operations are not  carried
out  at the same geographical location nor b'y the same manufacturer.  In
the event both concentration and distillation are conducted at the  same
location,  the parameter values of each operation should be combined for
a final effluent allowance.

On a thirty day average basis, the  following  effluent  guidelines  are
recommended:


Glycerine concentration

BOD5 - 1.50 kg /kkg (1.50 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine

COD - a.50 kg/1000 Ig  (4.50 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine

Suspended Solids - 0.20 kg/kkg   (0.20 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous glycerine

Oil and Grease - 0.10 kg /kkg   (0.10 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                 glycerine

pH  6.0-9.0

Glycerine Distillation

BOD5 - 0.50 kg /kkg (0.50 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine

COD - 1.50 kg /kkg (1.50 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine

Suspended Solids - 0.20 kg / kkg   (0.20 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous glycerine

Oil and Grease - 0.10 kg /kkg   (0.10 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                 glycerine

pH  6.0 - 9.0
                                 120

-------
Little  or no upset allowance should be allowed and it should not affect
the  thirty  day  average  for   either   glycerine   concentration   or
distillation.

Best Practicable^Control Technology Currently Available

Much  of  the glycerine concentrating equipment in soap plants is fairly
old.  It is operated in a batch manner and apparently the vapors carry a
fair amount of entrainment, as  is  evidenced  by  the  amount  of  salt
carryover   in   the   condensate.   The  long  residence  time  in  the
concentrators helps to build up glycerine polymers  and  degrades  other
heavy  ends  leading  to high BOD5 loadings in the resulting waste water
stream.

Where the barometric condenser is continued in use, the installation  of
a  biological  cooling  tower  with  the attendant recycle of barometric
water can materially reduce the raw waste -load.

Rationale_and_Assum2tion

In almost all cases observed there has been a significant  BOD5  loading
in  the  barometric  condenser  water,  which  is  due  to the glycerine
escaping the condensing system.  Apparently this is not now regarded  as
a  worrisome  economic  loss;  it  does  constitute  a  high biochemical
loading.  The employment of more efficient condensers,  eliminating  the
barometric  leg,  is  one way in which effluent loadings can be reduced.
Another method is the employment  of  column  reflux  in  the  glycerine
evaporators to reduce glycerine loss.

105 - SOAP FLAKES AND POWDERS

General

Neat soap is either chill roll, air or spray dried.  In either case, the
waste  water  loading  is  minimal.   There are occasional washdowns and
cleanups required, though rare.

Raw Waste_Loading

The leaks, spills and pump  gland  cooling  water  will  contribute  the
following loadings:

BOD5 - 0.1 kg /kkg   (0.1 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

COD - 0.3 kg /kkg   (0.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids - 0.1 kg /kkg   (0.1 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous soap

Oil and Grease - 0.1 kg /kkg   (0.1 lb/1000 Ib)
                 anhydrous soap

Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available Guidelines
                                 121

-------
On  a  thirty day average basis, the parameter  levels are recommended to
be:

BOD5 - 0.01 kg /kkg   (0.01 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

COD - 0.05 kg /kkg   (0.05 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids - 0.01 kg /kkg   (0.01 lb/1000  Ib) anhydrous soap

Oil and Grease - 0.01 kg /kkg   (0.01 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

pH  6.0-9.0

The permit authority may find an occasional situation  meriting  a  spot
increase above these values for unforeseen equipment washouts.  An upset
allowance of one to two times the monthly average should be made.

Best Practicable Control^Technclpgy^ Currently Available

Manufacture  of  flakes  and powders has been optimized well to ^minimize
losses.  The systems are maintained dry in^normal practice,  thereby  no
continuous  waste  water  is  generated.  Only where there is associated
soap reboil (to recover scrap soap) is there any appreciable  amount  of
effluent generated.

Incineration  of  scrap  soap  is  one  way  in which effluents could be
reduced, where applicable and  economically  feasible.   In  any  event,
biological  secondary  treatment  will  appropriately  reduce  the waste
loadings to acceptable levels.

1PJL.-_BAB_SQAPS

General

Starting with neat soap  (approximately  70  percent  soap  solution  in
water)   the  processes for making bar soaps are quite varied.  The major
differences occur in the drying technique.  Soaps in bar form will  have
a  final  moisture  content  varying  from 8 percent to over 15 percent,
depending upon the particular properites desired.

Depending upon the particular  products  made  and  processes  employed,
situations encountered range from those with no waste water effluents of
any  kind  generated  to  those having several scrubber water effluents.
Washouts may be a minor source of pollution, both in terms  of  effluent
volume and pollutant loadings.

Raw Waste Loading

The  following  waste  water  effluent concentrations are regarded as an
average expectation:

BOD5 - 3.4 kg /kkg   (3.4 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous soap
                                 122

-------
COD - 5.7 kg /kkg  (5.7 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids - 5.8 kg/kkg  (5.8 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Oil and Grease - 0.4 kg/kkg  (o.4 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                 soap.



Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Ayailable^Guidelines

On a thirty  day  average  basis  the  following  parameter-  values  are
recommended:

BOD5 - 0.34 kg/kkg (0.34 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

COD - 0.85 kg/kkg  (0.85 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids - 0.58 kg/kkg  (0.58 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous soap

Oil and Grease - 0.04 kg/kkg (0.04 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

pH  6.0-9.0


Little or no allowance for upset is required.

Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available

There  is  concerted effort within the industry to minimize water use in
this particular operation.  One of the unresolved questions  is  whether
air quality restrictions will  force other "dry" operators to incorporate
scrubber, systems for picking up elusive soap dust.

The  levels  specified  in  the guidelines are readily achievable by the
collection and recycle of soap dust  (via dust collectors  or  scrubbers)
or by secondary biological treatment.

Rationale and Assumptions

Without  much more detailed analysis of the bar soap making operation it
is very difficult to discern   just  how  close  to  zero  discharge  all
processes   could   come  without   seriously  jeopardizing  the  product
performance, hence the relatively  broad allowances.

107_^_LIO.UID_SOAP

General

Neat soap  (approximately 70 percent soap and  30 percent  water)  is  run
into  a  mixing  tank  to be blended with other ingredients, filtered if
                                 123

-------
required and drummed.  There may be need  for  an  occasional  equipment
washout and a frequent filter cleanout.

Constituents  going  into  these  blends  are  quite  varied since their
functions range widely.  This  kind  of  business  is  close  to  custom
blending due to the high performance nature of many of their products.

Raw Waste Loading

On  the  basis  of a thirty day average the following raw waste loadings
can be expected:

BOD5 - 0.1 kg/kkg  (0.1 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous soap

COD - 0.3 kg/kkg (0.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous.soap

Suspended Solids -0.1 kg/kkg (0.1  lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Oil and Grease - 0.1 kg/kkg (0.1 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous soap

Best Pra.cti cable Control Technology Currently Available Guidelines

As a thirty day average the  following  effluent  parameter  values  are
recommended:

BOD5 - 0.01 kg/kkg  (0.01 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

COD - 0.05 kg/kkg  (0.05 ;bs/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids - 0.01 kg/kkg  (0.01 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Oil and Grease - 0.01 kg/kkg (0.01  lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

pH  6.0 - 9.0

There  may  be  an  occasional need on the part of some manufacturers to
exceed these limits  due  to  a  highly  varied  product  mix  requiring
washouts  more frequently than allowed above.  An upset allowance of one
to two times the monthly average should be applied.

Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available

secondary biological treatment is adequate to meet the levels proposed.

Rationale_and_Assum2tions

This processing step is essentially clean, requiring only rare  washouts
to  prevent  cross  contamination of widely varied performance products.
Many of these same processors blend dry detergents requiring  comparable
frequency  of washouts.  A biological secondary treatment is expected to
be adequate to handle the effluents.

201 - OLEUM SULFONATION/SULFATION
                                124

-------
General

This chemical process has been optimized in that it is close to a  "push
button" operation.  It is practically troublefree and requires washdowns
only  when  there  is to be maintenance of the operating equipment.  The
leaking pump glands are a problem typical of this kind of equipment, but
modest  in  nature.   Normally  an  operator  can  quickly   observe   a
significant leak and repair it promptly.

Raw Waste Loading

An average expected raw waste loading is:

BOD5 - 0'.2 kg/kkg  (0.2 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 0.6 kg/kkg  (0.6 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.3 kg/kkg (0.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                   product

Oil and Grease - 0.3 kg/kkg (0.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Surfactant - 0.7 kg/kkg  (0.7 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Best Practicable Control Technology Currentlx_Available_Guidelines

The  following  thirty day average recommendations for effluent loadings
are made with the understanding that there may be  some  firms  on  some
occasions  requiring  additional  loadings  for  washouts  of equipment.
Further, during any 24 hour  period  the  limits  could  be  allowed  to
approach 3 times the average as long as the thirty day average meets the
guidelines.

BOD5 - 0.02 kg/kkg (0.02 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product


COD - 0.09 kg/kkg  (0.09 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.03 kg/kkg (0.03 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                   product

Oil and Grease - 0.03 kg/kkg (0.03 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Surfactant - 0.07 kg/kkg (0.07 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

pH  6.0 - 9.0

Some  small  scale  batch  operated  plants may have great difficulty in
reaching these levels.  Consideration should  be  given  by  the  permit
writing   authority   for   modest  relaxation  of  these  levels  where
circumstances clearly warrant them.

Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available
                                125

-------
As indicated in the general discussion  this  process  can  be  operated
continuously in essentially a trouble-free manner.  There is little room
for improvement.

Other  than  the gland leakage and very occasional washouts this process
has no effluent.  Gland  leakage  around  pump  shafts  is  a  universal
problem  wherever  liquids  are handled, particularly corrosive liquids.
Because of the corrosive nature of  the  oleum,  thorough  washouts  are
mandatory prior to maintenance work being carried out on the equipment.

Integrated  plants will have little difficulty meeting the levels of the
guidelines.  The washwater can be recycled and the leaks and spills  run
to the neutralization unit.

Biological secondary treatment will handle the residual wastes when they
occur.

2^2_-_AIP-SO3_SyLFATION/SULFONATION

General

This  process  is  in  as widespread use as the oleum sulfonation  (201),
particularly for the sulfation of alcohols  and  ethoxylates.   Although
continuous and automatic, the Air - SO3 process is much more inclined to
cause product degradation than the oleum unit.

Whenever  the  process is started up some material must be discarded due
to low sulfonation making the material  below  specification.   Promptly
upon  shutdown a thorough washdcwn is required to keep char formation to
a  minimum.   There  are  mist  knockdown  scrubbers  which  will   also
contribute to waste water loadings.

Raw^Waste Loading

Average expected raw waste loadings are:

BOD5 - 3 kg/kkg (3 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous product

COD -  9 kg/kkg (9 lb/1000 Ib).anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.3 kg/kkg (0.3 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous product

Surfactant - 3 kg/kkg (3 ±b/1000 Ib) anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.5 kg/kkg (0.5 lb/1000 Ib)
                 anhydrous product

Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available Guidelines

Thirty  day average recommendations are made on a similar basis as those
for Subcategory 201 - Oleum Sulfonation.  Because of product changes  or
                                126

-------
mechanical   failures   some  plants  may,  at  times,  have  to  exceed
established effluent limits.  Such cases have not been provided  for  in
suggested guidelines.  Therefore, regulatory agencies may wish to extend
special  consideration  in  such cases and write appropriate limitations
into any permits they issue.

BOD5 - 0.30 kg/kkg  (0.30 lb/1000 It) anhydrous product

COD - 1.35 kg/kkg  (1.35 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.03 kg/kkg  (0.03 lb/10\00 Ib)
                   anhydrous product

Surfactant - 0.30 kg/kkg (0.30 It/1000 Ib) anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.05 kg/kkg (0.05 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                 product

pH 6.0 - 9.0


An upset allowance of one to two times the monthly average should apply.

Best Practicable Control^Technology Currently Available

This process too has received much research  and  development  attention
leaving  little  to be expected in the short rerm in the form of process
improvement.

In-plant practices can significantly aid in reducing raw waste loads  by
handling  much  of  the  cleanup  dry, or blending off the material into
industrial cleaners, provided the firm is sufficiently integrated.

Rationale and Assumptions

In small plants particularly, there must be accommodation made  for  the
disposal  of  these rather  minimal wastes, in that the off specification
product could seriously impact the product quality  if  incorporated  in
that stream.

The  raw  waste  loading  has been structured higher than that for oleum
sulfonation to acknowledge  the  product  degradation  which  takes  place
when  sulfonated  material  remains  in  the  reaction  area,  requiring
thorough washouts.

203_-_S03_SOLVENT AND VACUUM SULFONATICM

General

Other than an occasional washout, this process  is  essentially  free  of
waste water generation.
                                 127

-------
Raw^Waste Loading

The following raw waste loading is expected:

BOD5 - 3 kg/kkg  (3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 9 kg/kkg  (9 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.3 kg/kkg (0.30 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous product

Surfactant - 3 kg/kkg  (3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.5 kg/kkg  (0.5 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                 product


Bestgracticable_Cgntrolt Technology Currently Available Guidelines

On  a  thirty  day  average  basis,  the  following parameter levels are
recommended:

BOD5 - 0.30 kg/kkg (0.30 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 1.35 kg/kkg  (1.35 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.03 kg/kkg  (0.03 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous product

Surfactant - 0.30 kg/kkg (0.30 lbs/1000 Ibs) anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.05 kg/kkg  (0.05 lb/1000 Ib.) anhydrous
                 product

pH  6.0-9.0

No additional allowance need be made for startup, shutdown
or upset conditions.

Best PracticableControl Technology Currently Available

Secondary biological treatment will adequately handle the
wastes from this process.

Rationale

As in other categories, there will be some occasions when
washouts will be required.

20t» - SULFAMIC ACID SULFATION
                                128

-------
General

Washouts are the only waste water effluents from this pro-
cess.


Raw Waste Loading

The following raw waste loading is expected:

BOD5 - 3 kg/kkg  (3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 9 kg/kkg  (9 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.3 kg/kkg (0.3 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous product

Surfactant - 3 kg/kkg  (3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.5 kg/kkg  (0.5 lb/1000 Ib) anhy-
                 drous product

Best Practicable Control_Technoloqy Currently Available Guidelines

On a thirty day  average  basis,  the  following  parameter  levels  are
recommended:

BOD5 - 0.3 kg/kkg  (0.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous pro-
       duct

COD - 1.35 kg/kkg  (1.35 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.03 kg/kkg  (0.03 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous product

Surfactant - 0.3 kg/kkg  (0.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.05 kg/kkg  (0.05 lb/1000 Ib) anhy-
                 drous product

pH  6.0-9.0

No startup, shutdown or upset allowance is recommended.

Best Practicable..Contrgl_Technoloqy Currently Available

In  order  to comply with these guidelines the operator would be obliged
to recycle the wash water rather than  sewer it.

Rationale
                                 129

-------
This  reaction   is   normally  carried   out    in   batches.    Reasonable
housekeeping would  permit  the  recycle  via a  holding  tank  for most of the
washwater.   As   in  other  processes,   this  one  can  either accumulate
unusable  amounts   of  dilute   washwater or  occasionally   have   off-
specification  material to be  disposed of.  Unlike a large integrated
plant, the  firm  using this process  is  unlikely to have  any  alternative
other than  disposal.

2Q5__-_CHLOROSULFONIC_ACID_SULFATION

General

This  specialized   process is  another  route  to a high quality surfactant
produced uniquely under mild reaction  conditions.  The  by-product HCl is
a significant distinction  " from  other   sulfonation  processes.   It  is
usually scrubbed out  in a  caustic solution with the  formation of salt or
dissolved in water  for sale as muriatic acid.

Raw_Waste___Loadinq

The following values  can be expected on a thirty day basis:

BOD5 - 3 kg/kkg  (3  lb/1000 lb)  anhydrous product

COD - 9 kg/kkg (9 lb/1000  lb)  anhydrous product

Suspended Solids -  0.3  kg/kkg  (0.3  lb/1000 lb)
                    anhydrous product

Surfactant  - 3 kg/kkg (3 lb/1000  lb) anhydrous pro-
             duct

Oil and Grease - 0.5  kg/kkg (0.5  lb/1000 lb)  anhydrous
                 product

Best Practicable ^Control Technology Currently Availablei Guidelines

As a thirty day  average the following parameter levels  are
recommended:

BOD5 - 0.3  kg/kkg  (0.3  lb/1000 lb)  anhydrous  product

COD - 1.35  kg/kkg  (1.35 lb/1000 lb)  anhydrous  product

Suspended Solids -  0.03 kg/kkg (0.03 lb/1000  lb)
                    anhydrous product

Surfactant  - 0.30 kg/kkg (0.30 lb/1000  lb) anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.05  kg/kkg (0.05  lb/1000 lb) anhy-
                 drous  product
                                130

-------
pH  6.0-9.0

No upsets, startup or shutdown allowances are recommended.

Best Practicable^Control Technology Currently Available

This  important,  moderately  used  process  is  optimized to the extent
reasonably expected.

Rationale

The effluent washouts are minimal and the required  loadings  reasonable
in   relationship  to  the  other  processes.   Recycling  washouts  can
materially  aid  in  meeting  these  guidelines.   Biological  secondary
treatment is adequate to handle the expected raw waste load.

206_- NEUTRALIZATIQN_QF_SULFUR 1C ACIDn ESTERS_AND,.SULFQNIC,ACIDS

General

Neutralization  is  the essential step which converts the sulfonic acids
or sulfuric acid esters into neutral surfactants.   It  is  a  potential
source  of some oil and grease generation due to the possible hydrolysis
of the sulfates.  Occasional leaks and spills around the  pump,  valves,
etc., are the only expected source of waste water contamination.

Raw Waste Loading

The following loadings can be expected:

BOD5 - 0.10 kg/kkg  (0.10 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 0.3 kg/kkg  (0.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.3 kg/kkg (0.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhy-
                   drous product

Surfactant - 0.2 kg/kkg  (0.2 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.1 kg/kkg  (0.1 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                 product

Best Practicable_Control Technology Currently Available Guidelines

On  a  thirty  day  average  basis  the  following  parameter values are
recommended:

BOD5 - 0.01 kg/kkg  (0.01 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 0.05 kg/kkg  (0.05  lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids  -  0.03  kg/kkg  (0.03 lb/1000  Ib) anhy-
                                131

-------
                   drous product

Surfactant. - 0.02 kg/kkg (0.02 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.01 kg/kkg  (0.01 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                 product

pH  6.0-9.0

No startup, shutdown or upset allowances are recommended.

Best Practicable Control^Technology Currently.Available

This process step is quite simple and usually continuous when in  tandem
with  a  continuous  sulfonator.   The biotreater in secondary treatment
processing can accommodate the load.  Recycle is probably the  best  way
to eliminate waste loads.

Rationale

In  a  large  volume  operation  of  this  type there will be occasional
inadvertent leaks of valve and pump packing, spills due  to  maintenance
disruption  of  piping,  and occasional cleanup to repair the equipment,
all necessitating the generation of dilute waste water  streams.   These
streams are usually too dilute for recycle back into the process, but by
use  of  small  amounts  of  water, recyle is practical.  By storage and
recycle some of this washout water could diminish the problem  and  lead
to product recovery later in the finishing process.

20J_-_SPRAY_DRIED_DETERGENTS_

General

This  unit  operation is one of the most critical - and the largest - as
well as the most important of the detergent industry.  Here,  the  final
detergent  particles are formed which must have the appropriate physical
characteristics for solubility, packaging and storage.

Tower cleanliness is essential so that degradation products or,  material
significantly  different  made  in an earlier run do not contaminate the
currently processed product.  In such a case, the  spray  tower  is  put
through a multi-stage, thorough cleaning process.

After  the  large dry "chunks" of adhering detergent are knocked down by
hand, the tower walls are abraded.  Finally, water is  played  over  the
surface  to  finish  the  cleaning  process.   The  frequency  of  tower
"turnaround" varies considerably in practice.  Some towers  operate  for
many  weeks  before  shutdown  and  washing.    Others  may have a tower
changeover sixteen times in a given month.   In  many  cases  there  are
 product  changeovers made on-the-fly requiring neither stoppage of spray
tower operation nor cleanout.
                                132

-------
Among many of the towers which have extended runs on one product,  there
is minimal discharge as waste water effluent.  All of the dry product is
recycled  or  sent  to solid waste disposal.  The washwater and scrubber
water is all sent back into the process and recycled to extinction.

There are numerous possible sources  of  water  containing  contaminants
originating   in  this  process.   They  encompass  crutcher  cleanouts,
packaging equipment cleanouts, storage area  washouts,  vent  scrubbers,
etc.

Characteristics  of  the  exit  air  coming  out  of the spray tower are
largely determined by the composition of the detergent formulation being
dried.  The increasing use of alcohol sulfates and ethoxylated  alcohols
as  active ingredients has increased plume generation in this air stream
which is not effectively  eliminated  by  mechanical  and  electrostatic
methods,  thus resulting in a significant volume of scrubber water being
employed.

The total volume of scrubber water and washouts becomes too great to  be
recycled  to extinction in some spray tower operations when they have to
meet source air standards.  Consequently, some waste water  is  expected
to be sent to the sewer under these conditions.

A  similar  problem is faced by those who operate spray towers on a fast
turnaround basis.  They end up with much more washout waste  water  than
they can handle via recycle.

In both cases cited above, the other immediately apparent alternative is
to reuse all of the water, forcing the solids concentration of the tower
slurry  from  around  70  percent  to  some  lower value.  This is not a
suitable alternative,  particularly  from  an  environmental  viewpoint,
since  excessive  energy  consumption would be required to drive off the
additional water.

Raw Waste Loading

Under normal spray tower operation,  a  thirty  day  average  raw  waste
loading can be expected to reach:

BOD5 - 0.1 kg/kkg  (0.1 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 0.3 kg/kkg  (0.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.1 kg/kkg (0.1 lb/1000 Ib) anhy-
                   drous product

Surfactant - 0.2 kg/kkg (0.2 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

In  towers  facing  particularly  stringent  air  quality  problems, the
following waste water loadings can be expected:

BOD5 - 0.8 kg/kkg  (0.8 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product
COD - 2.5 kg/kkg  (2.5 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product
                                 133

-------
Suspended Solids -  1.0  kg/kkg  (1.0  lb/1000  Ib) anhy-
                    drous product

Surfactant - 1.5 kg/kkg  (1.5 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.3 kg/kkg  (0.3 lb/1000  Ib)  anhydrous
                 product


In spray towers having  fast turnarounds  (more than  6  per  month) ,  for
each added turnaround,  the following additional waste water loadings can
be expected:

BOD5 - 2.0 kg/kkg  (2.0  lb/1000  Ib)  anhydrous  product

COD - 6.0 kg/kkg  (6.0 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids -  2.0  kg/kkg  (2.0  lb/1000  Ib) anhydrous
                    product

Surfactant - U.O kg/kkg  (4.0 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.3 kg/kkg  (0.3 lb/1000  Ib)  anhydrous
                 product

                 Control Technology^ .Currently Available : Guidelines
For  normal  spray . tower  operation  the  following  thirty day average
parameter values are recommended:

BOD5 - 0.01 kg/kkg (0.01 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 0.05 kg/kkg  (0.05 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.01 kg/kkg  (0.01 lb/1000 Ib) anhy-
                   drous product

Surfactant - 0.02 kg/kkg (0.02 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
             product

pH - 6.0 - 9.0

No special startup, shutdown or upset allowances are recommended.

For spray towers operating under stringent  air  quality  problems,  the
thirty day average parameter loading guideline recommendations are:

BOD5 - 0.08 kg /kkg  (0.08 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 0.37 kg /kkg  (0.37 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous product
                                134

-------
Suspended Solids - 0.10 kg /kkg  (0.10 lb/1000 Ib)  an-
                   hydrous product

Surfactant - 0.15 kg/kkg (0.15 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.03 kg/kkg   (0.03 lb/1000 Ib)  anhy-
                 drous product

pH - 6.0 - 9.0

For spray tower operation with fast turnaround,  the following additional
allowance should be made for each. turnaround above 6 per month:

BOD5 - 0.02 kg/kkg   (0.02 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous product

COD - 0.09 kg/kkg  (0.09 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.02 kg/kkg   (0.02 It/1000 Ib)  an-
                   hydrous product

Surfactant - 0.04 kg/kkg  (O.OU lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - no additional allowance

pH - 6. 0 - 9.0

This is in essence an upset allowance for shutdown and startup.

No  other  special  upset  allowances  are  recommended  for spray tower
operations in general.
B§§t Practicable Control Technology CurrentlY^Available

It is expected that the levels  of  effluent  constituents  can  be  met
readily   if  the  equivalent  of  cyclone  scrubbers  are  used  before
electrostatic precipitators in the air stream  exiting  from  the  spray
tower.  Since the function of the water scrubbing is to chill the air as
well  as  remove  particulate  matter, a significant step toward reduced
effluent loading can be taken by substituting cooled recycle  water  for
that used on a once through basis.

With  the  water recycled, a sufficient concentration can be built up in
the water flow to make return to the detergent making process  possible.
Foaming  is  avoided  by  maintaining  the surfactant concentration at a
sufficiently high level in the recycled scrubber water.

Ultimately, the secondary biotreater will have no difficulty  processing
the waste load from the spray tower area.

Rationale
                                 135

-------
The  demands  for  clean air and clean water come into conflict in spray
tower  operation.   In  order  to  meet  the  increasingly  tighter  air
pollution   regulations   while   producing   products  which  are  more
environmentally compatible, tower  operation  problems  develop.   These
newer  formulations  contain  increasing amounts of nonionic surfactants
which are prone to produce an aerosol plume that persists  in  the  exit
tower gas.

A  system  of  dry  cyclone dust collectors followed by an electrostatic
precipitator is suitable for removing the  particulate  matter  present,
but it does not influence the plume since it is a vapor.

By  inserting  a  wet scrubber in between the cyclone dust collector and
the electrostatic precipitator the particulate matter is further reduced
and the organic aerosol vapors are condensed so that they  can  then  be
removed by the electrostatic precipitator.

Introduction  of  this  scrubber water flow now converts a potential air
contamination into a waste water problem.  Since the  materials  removed
in  the  scrubber  are biodegradable and essentially the same product as
that which is put into our sanitary sewers throughout the country,  this
is a satisfactory method of minimizing the environmental impact.

Additional  study  is  needed  in this area, particularly concerning the
economics of installing sufficient tankage to enable the fast turnaround
towers to approach total recycle.

208_I_ L12UIP_DETERGENT_MANUFACTU RE

General

There are numerous liquid detergent products made and it is likely  that
they  are  going to become more abundant as more emphasis is placed upon
nonphosphate products.  Many products, including heavy-duty  detergents,
are  more  amenable to convenient use and manufacture in the liquid form
than as a dry powder.

The term "liquid detergents" embraces a large  variety  of  formulations
which  fulfill  an equally large spectrum of uses.  The ingredients used
to formulate the products have a wide response to such  tests  as  BOD^.
Consequently,  the statement of any single raw waste loading could cause
a significant problem to a given manufacturer.

In the process of preparing the liquid detergent,  there  are  two  main
sources  of  waste  water  effluent,  mixing  equipment and distribution
system washouts and filling equipment cleanup.  Most  operators  recycle
as  much diluted product as possible, but, as in the case of spray tower
operation, the total water volume cannot  be  economically  recycled  to
extinction.

Raw Waste Loading
                                136

-------
On  a thirty day average basis, the following raw waste loadings will be
experienced:

ROD5 - 2 kg/kkg (2 lb/1000 lb) anhydrous product

COD - a kq/kkg  (4 lb/1000 lb) anhydrous product

Surfactant - 1.3 kg/kkg  (1.3 lb/1000 lb) anhydrous product

However, when observing smaller firms, the raw waste  loadings  may  get
to:
BOD5 - 5 kg/kkg (5 lb/1000 lb) anhydrous product

COD - 7 kg/kkg  (7 lb/1000 lb) anhydrous product

Surfactant - 3.3 kg/kkg   (3.3 lb/1000 lb) anhydrous
             product

This  latter  case  is  associated  with the high use of common transfer
lines for moving the product to filling  lines,  losses  resulting  from
breaking hose connections and relatively short filling runs.

Best Practicable Control Technology^Currently Available Guidelines

On  a  thirty  day  average  basis,  the  following parameter levels are
recommended:

BOD5 - 0.2 kg/kkg   (0.2 lb/1000 lb) anhydrous product

COD - 0.6 kg/kkg   (0.6 lb/1000 lb) anhydrous product

Surfactant - 0.13  kg/kkg   (0.13 lb/1000 lb)  anhy-
             drous product
pH - 6.0 - 9.0

There should be some accommodations made for the smaller operator  where
his loadings are marginally greater than those shown.  Another exception
which should be noted is that the COD/BOD5 ratio may rise to 5:1 or more
due   to   the  use  of  some  relatively  bio-hard  industrial  cleaner
ingredients such as orthodichlorobenzene, hydrochloric acid, or  chromic
acid.   Such  compounds  can  upset  the biota in BODS^ tests, as well as
giving a  refractory  residue.   No  allowance  need  be  made  for  the
suspended  solids  or  oil  and  grease  since the products marketed are
normally clear, filtered fluids, devoid of suspended particles.

Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available

Secondary biological treatment will adequately handle  the  waste  water
effluents from this process.
                                 137

-------
Rationale

With  an  industry  very  much  aware of market demands, there will be a
continually  changing  array  of   formulations  to  meet  new   consumer
preferences  and environmental performance demands.  There are generally
two different markets for liquid detergents; household  and  industrial.
In  this  latter  market,  many moderately sized operators supply a wide
variety of special purpose detergents to meet  very  specialized  needs.
Often fairly "exotic" materials are used.

Relatively  small  operators do not have the flexibility of operation of
the large manufacturers.  This, coupled with numerous small  batches  of
product,  creates  special waste water problems, since there is no place
to hold or recycle numerous, varied spills,  leaks  and  washouts.   The
cut-off  point in allowances becomes critical, then, since it could have
severe economic consequences for some manufacturers.   There  are  other
special problems relating to analytical results of effluent evaluations.
Due  to  the wide variety of products used in liquid formulations, fully
acclimated cultures may not  be  available  for  gaining  results  which
reflect the actual technical conditions.

209_-_DRY_DETERGENT_BLENDING

General

Many  different  dry  detergent  blends  are  made for a multiplicity of
industrial uses.  The product is usually marketed in drums.

The customary practice is for many successive batches to be  made  in  a
given mixer before a wet washdown  is required.

Raw Waste Loading

An average thirty day waste water  loading would be:

BOD5 - 0.1 kg/kkg  (0.1 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous pro-
       duct

Suspended Solids -0.1 kg/kkg (0.1 lb/1000 Ibs)  anhydrous product


COD - 0.5 kg/kkg  (0.5 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous product

Surfactant - 0.1 kg/kkg  (0.1 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous product

Best Practicable_CgntrolTechnology Currently Available Guidelines

Based  upon  a  thirty  day  average,  the  recommendations of parameter
loadings are:

BOD5 - 0.01 kg/kkg  (0.01 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous pro-
       duct
                                138

-------
COD - 0.08 kg/kkg  (0.08 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous pro-
      duct

Suspended Solids - 0.01 kg/kkg  (0.01 lb/1000 Ib)
                   anhydrous product

Surfactant - 0.01 kg/kkg   (0.01 lb/1000 Ib) anhy-
             drous product

pH - 6.0 - 9.0

No additional allowance need be made for startup, shutdown, or upsets.

Best_Practigable_ContrQl_TechnologY.Currently Available

Biological secondary treatment is adequate for the effluent, involved.

Rationale

A wide variety of materials are formulated dry.  Although  little  water
is used, that which is required for the infrequent washings is critical.
It will be very dilute and diverse in content, unsuitable for recycling.

210_r_DRUM_pRIEp_DjETERGENTS

General

This  well  established process produces no^effluent, but some provision
must be made for those periods of mandatory washdown  due  to  equipment
failure or critical formulation change.


Raw Waste Loading

The average raw waste  load which could be  expected is:

BOD5 - 0.1 kg/kkg   (0.1 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous pro-
       duct

COD - 0.3 kg/kkg   (0.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous pro-
      duct

Suspended Solids - 0.1 kg/kkg   (0.1 lb/1000 Ib)  anhy-
                   drous product

Surfactant - 0.1 kg/kkg   (0.1 lb/1000 Ib)  anhy-
             drous product

Oil and Grease - 0.1 kg/kkg   (0.1 lb/1000  Ib) an-
                   hydrous product

Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available  Guidelines
                                 139

-------
On  a  thirty  day  average  basis,  the  following parameter levels are
recommended:

BOD5 - 0.01 kg/kkg  (0.01 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
       product

COD - 0.05 kg/kkg   (0.05 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
      product

Suspended Solids -  0.01 kg/kkg  (0.01 lb/1000 Ib)
                    anhydrous product

Surfactant - 0.01 kg/kkg  (0.01 lb/1000 Ib)  anhy-
             drous  product

Oil and Grease - 0.01 kg/kkg   (0.01 lb/1000'lb)  an-
                 hydrous product

pH - 6.0 - 9.0

No startup, shutdown or upset allowances are required.  Due to  the  low
values recommended, a total of three times the average should be allowed
over  any  24  hour  period  as long as during any thirty day period the
guidelines are maintained.
Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available

Secondary biological treatment can adequately handle the constituents.

Rationale

Even though the process is essentially dry, the slurry  pans  and  other
equipment will require an infrequent but necessary and thorough washout.

211_z_2ITERGENT_BARS_fiNp_CAKES

General

In  the  manufacture  of  detergent  bars  there  is need for meticulous
cleaning of equipment to insure that any product  which  may  have  been
degraded  due  to  adhering  to  hot  process  equipment  is removed and
disposed of.

The approximately 160 million pounds of synthetic toilet bar  soap  used
in  the U.S. is significant, yet modest when compared to the 600 million
pounds of "natural" soap used in toilet bars.

Ra.w_Waste_ Loading

The following raw waste load can be expected:

BOD5 - 7 kg/kkg  (7 lb/1000 lb)  anhydrous product
                                140

-------
COD - 22 kg/kkg  (22 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 2 kg/kkg  (2 lb/1000 Ib) anhy-
                   drous product

Surfactant - 5 kg/kkg   (5 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
             product

Oil and Grease - 0.2 kg/kkg  (0.2 lb/1000 Ib) anhy-
                 drous product

Best^Practicable control Technology^Currently_Ayaliableri Guidelines


On the basis of a thirty day average, the following parameter levels are
recommended:

BOD5 - 0.7 kg/kkg   (0.7 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous pro-
       duct

COD - 3.3 kg/kkg (3.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product


Suspended Solids - 0.2 kg/kkg   (0.2 lb/1000 Ib) an-
                   hydrous product

Oil and Grease - 0.02 kg/kkg  (0.02 lb/1000 Ib) an-
                 hydrous product

pH - 6 - 9

No additional allowance is recommended for startup, shutdown or  upsets.
During  any  thirty  day  period an allowance of three times the average
should be allowed over a 24 hour duration, provided that throughout  the
entire thirty day period the thirty day average is not exceeded.
                                 141

-------
                               SECTION X

           BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE

Introduction

Best available technology economically achievable is,expected to involve
both improvement in the manufacturing process as well as adoption of the
best available treatment technology that is within reason economically.

Not  all  of  the  processes  identified  in  best  practicable  control
technology currently available are expected to discharge  less  effluent
by  1983.   several  of these processes will have reached an optimum raw
effluent reduction in  compliance  with  the  best  practicable  control
technology  currently  available, attaining pollution levels so low that
it  is  not  feasible  to  reflect  minor  improvements  in  end-of-pipe
treatment  through  reduced  guideline  values.   Only  those  which are
expected to attain a lower effluent level are  discussed  in  detail  in
this section.


                               TABLE 7-1

Best Available Technology Economically Achievable Guidelines Reflecting
 No Change From Best Practicable control Technology Currently Available

Note:  All values are reported as thirty day averages in kg/kkg (lb/1000
Ib)  of anhydrous product made in that subcategory.  The pH for all sub-
categories is the range of 6.0 - 9.0.

                        BOD5   COD       Suspended                 Oil S
                                          Solids    Surfactant     Grease

Fatty Acid by Fat
Splitting-Hydrogenation
Allowance Only          0.25   0.20        0.20        0.00         0.15

Soap From Fatty Acid
Neutralization          0.01   0.05        0.02        0.0.0         0.01

Soap Flakes and
Powders                 0.01   0.05        0.01        0.00         0.01

Liquid Soaps            0.01   0.05        0.01        0.00         0.01

Oleum Sulfonation/
Sulfation               0.02   0.09        0.03        0.03         0.07

S03 Solvent and
Vacuum Sulfonation      0.10   0.45        0.01        0.10         0.02

Neutralization of
Acids                   0.01   0.05        0.03        0.02         0.01
                                 143

-------
Detergent Dry
Blending                0.01   0.08        0.01        0.01         0.005

Drum Dried
Detergents              0.01   0.05        0.01        0.01         0.01
                               TABLE 7-2

Best Available Technology Economically Achievable Guidelines Reflecting
  Changes From Best Practicable Control Technology Currently Available

Note:  All values are reported as thirty day averages in Jcg/kkg (lb/1000
Ib) of anhydrous product made in that subcatego'ry.  The pH for all  sub-
categories is the range of 6.0 - 9.0.

                                         Suspended                  Oil &
                        BOD5   COD        Solids     Surfactant    Grease

Batch Kettle Soap       0.40   1.05        0.40         0.0         0.05

Fatty Acid by
Fat Splitting           0.25   0.90        0.20         0.0         0.15

Glycerine Concentration 0.40   1.20        0.10         0.0         0.04

Glycerine Distillation  0.30   0.90        0.04         0.0         0.02

Bar Soaps               0.20   0.60        0.34         0.0         0.01

Air-SO3 Sulfation/
Sulfonation             0.19   0.60        0.02         0.18        0.04

Sulfamic Acid
Sulfation               0.10   0.45        0.01         0.10        0.02

Chlorosulfonic
Acid Sulfation          0.15   0.75        0.02         0.15        0.03

Spray Dried
Detergents
   Normal               0.01   0.08        0.01         0.02        0.005
   Air Quality
       Restricted       0.08   0.35        0.10         0.15        0.03
   Fast
       Turnaround       0.02   0.09        0.02         0.03        0.005

Liquid Detergents       0.05   0.23        0.005        0.05        0.005

Detergent Bars
and Cakes               0.30   1.35        0.10         0.20        0.02
                                 144

-------
101_-_MODIFIED_gOAP_MANUFACTygE_EY_BATCH_KETTLE

Best^Available^Technology^Econornically^Achievable and Rationale

A  significant reduction of waste water contamination volume can be made
in the fat pretreatment step  of  kettle  boiling  soap  manufacture  by
replacing the barometric condenser used in vacuum bleaching by a surface
condenser.   Such  replacement  would  allow  removal  of  volatile  low
molecular weight undesirables from the effluent.  These can be destroyed
by burning or perhaps recovered for sale by refining.   This  change  is
shown in Figure 26.

Raw Waste Loading

The expected raw waste load is:

BOD5 - 4 kg/kkg  (4 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

COD - 7 kg/kkg  (7 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids - 4 kg/kkg   (4 lb/1000 Ib) anhy-
                   drous soap

Oil and Grease - 0.5 kg/kkg   (0.5 lb/1000 Ib) an-
                 hydrous soap

Best__Available Technology Economically^Achievable Guidelines

Please refer to guidelines in Table 7-2 at beginning of this Section.

102_-_FATTY ACID MANUFACTURE BY FAT SPLITTING

Best Available Technology Economically Achievable and Rationale

Referring  to  the  schematic  flow  diagram  102, there are two ways of
diminishing further the effluent streams from this unit.  The  first  of
these  is  in-process  recycle  of the process condensate to the maximum
extent possible.  Secondly, the barometric condenser of the  fatty  acid
distillation  process  can  be replaced with a surface condenser thereby
reducing by approximately 80 percent the amount of light ends going into
the waste water stream during acid separation and  purification.   These
light  ends  can  be  recovered  for sale.  The water stream can be then
recycled back into the  fat  splitting  process.   The  overall  process
 (including hydrogenation) is shown in Figures 27 and 28.

Raw_Waste_Load^n gs

The following raw waste loadings can be expected.

BOD5 - 2.5 kg/kkg  (2.5 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous fatty acid

COD - 6.0 kg/kkg  (6.0 lb/1000  Ib) anhydrous  fatty acid
                                 145

-------
                                                          SECTION X
                                                   LEVEL II TECHNOLOGY
                                                        «

                                     101 - SOAP MANUFACTURE BY BATCH KETTLE : MODIFIED
wit RECEIVING
   STORAGE-TRANSFER
1012 FAT REFINING
   AND BLEACHING
                                                                                                                   WI3 SOAP BOILING
                                                                                                                                 NEAT SOAP TO
                                                                                                                                 PROCESSING
                                                                                                                                 AND SALE
                                                                                                                                 GLYCERINE TO
                                                                                                                                 RECOVERY

                                                                                                                                 LOW GRADE SOAP
                                                        FIGURE    26

-------
                                       SECTION X and SECTION XI
                                         LEVEL II TECHNOLOGY
                                                 and
                                         LEVEL III TECHNOLOGY

                        102 Modified: FATTY ACID MANUFACTURE BY FAT SPLITTING
1021 RECEIVING       J022 FA,T PRETREATMENT     W23 FAT SPLITTING
   STORAGE-TRANSFER
                                                                                                                 FATTY ACIDS
                                                                                                                 TO SALES.
                                                                                                                 NEUTRALIZATION
                                                                                                                 OR HYOROGENATION
                                                     FIGURE   27

-------
.p-
00
                                          and XI
                               LEVEL II TECHNOLOGY
                                       and
                               LEVEL III TECHNOLOGY

SCHEMATIC - 102-H: FATTY ACIDS MANUFACTURE : HYDROGENATION STEP, IF CARRIED OUT.
 RECYCLE  -<	
 TO:
 DISTILLATION
 OF FATTY ACIDS
FATTY ACIDS

FEED TO
HYDROGENATION
FROM:
102-M
    PUMP
                      CATALYST
                      BED
                         OR
         SUSPENDED
         CATALYST
         WITH
         TRAYS
                                        DEMISTER
   FROM
   STORAGE
                                               COMPRESSOR
                                                                                 HYDROGENATED
                                                                                 FATTY ACIDS TO:
                                                                                 SALES OR
                                                                                 NEUTRALIZATION
                                                                              HYDROGENATED
                                                                              FATTY ACIDS
                           HYDROGEN:
                           FROM SUPPLIER
BLEED
IMPURITIES
TO SUPPLIER
OR VENT:
TO STACK
                                                                                 FILTER OR
                                                                                 CATALYST
                                                                                 PHASED
                                                                                 REMOVAL
SPENT
CATALYST
AND
POLYMERS
                       FIGURE  28

-------
Suspended Solids - 2.0 kg/kkg  (2.0 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous
                   fatty acid

Oil and Grease - 1.5 kg/kkg  (1.5 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous
                 fatty acid

Best Available Technology Economically Achievable Guidelines

Please refer to guidelines in Table 7-2 at beginning of this Section.

104 - GLYCERINE RECOVERY AND CONCENTRATION

Best Available Technology Economically Achievable and Rationale

Replacement  of  the barometric legs in both the glycerine concentration
and distillation processes would reduce glycerine losses and waste water
loadings substantially.  These changes are shown in Figures 29 and 30.

Raw_Waste_Load

The following average raw waste load is expected:

Gl ycer ine_Concentrrat ion

BOD5 - 4.0 kg/kkg  (4.0 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine

COD - 8.0 kg/kkg  (8.0 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine

Suspended Solids - 1.0 kg/kkg  ( 1.0 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                   glycerine

Oil and Grease - 0.4 kg/kkg  (0.4 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                 glycerine

Glycerine_Disti Hation


BOD5 - 3.0 kg/kkg  (3.0 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine

COD - 6.0 kg/kkg  (6.0 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous glycerine

Suspended Solids - 0.4 kg/kkg  (0.4 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                   glycerine

Oil and Grease - 0.2 kg/kkg  (0.2 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                 glycerine
     Ayailable_Technology Economically Achievable Guidelines

Please refer to guidelines  in Table 7-2 at beginning of this Section.

PROCESS 106 - BAR SOAPS
                               149

-------
Ui
o
                                                                         104 GLYCERINE RECOVERY
             out RECEIVING          KM? LYE TREATMENT        1043 GLYCERINE EVAPORATION TO 80% CONCENTRATION

                STORAGE-TRANSFER
                                                 TREATED
                                                 .GLYCERINE

                                                 LIQUOR
                                                                                                                                                           80% GLYCERINE TO CONCENTRATOR
                                                                                                                                                          HEAVY ENDS TO FOOTS STILL
                                                                             SOAP MAKING
                                                                             SOLUTION MAKE UP
                                                                                 FIGURE    29

-------
                   1044 GLYCERINE STILL
                                    104-B: CONCENTRATION OF 80% GLYCERINE TO 99.5%
 80% GLYCERINE
 from 104 A
HEAVY ENDS
from 104 A
FOOTS TO FLARE
OR WASH TO SEWER
                                       REFINED GLYCERINE
                                  99.5% GLYCERINE
                                  TO SALES
Dry Caustic Soda
                                                                         CAUSTIC
                                                                                                            WASH  LIQUID

                                                                                                           BLEED: TO FLARE
— _ »»
SODA
Dry Salt
*

SALT


^, Water




                                                                                                                                   HEAVY ENDS TO
                                                                                                                                   FOOTS STILL
                                                                                                                                  RECYCLE SALT TO:
                                                                                                                                  SOAP MAKING
                                                                                                                                  RECYCLE CAUSTIC
                                                                                                                                  TO: SOAP MAKING
                                                            FIGURE    30

-------
Best Available Technolgg;Y,_EcQnornical|;y Achievable, and Rationale

By 1983 there is an expectancy that the  current  relatively  high  BOD5
waste  load  from  air  scrubbing will be  improved to more closely match
those operations which now are experiencing very  low discharge rates.

Raw Waste Load

The following average raw waste  load is  expected:

BOD5 - 2.0 kg /kkg  (2.0 lb/1000  Ib) anhydrous soap

COD - 4.0 kg/kkg  (4.0 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids -3.4 kg/kkg  (3.4 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                   soap

Oil and Grease - 0.3 kg/kkg  (0.3 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous


Best Ayailable^Tgchnology^Econcinically Achievable Guidelines

Please refer to guidelines in Table 7-2  at beginning of this Section.

202 - AIR - S03 SULFATION AND SULFONATION


Best^Available Technology_Economically Achieyable_Guidelines__-6mRatigriale

When vapor phase sulfur trioxide is used in  sulfonation  and  sulfation
processes,  regardless  of  whether or not the vapor SO3 is diluted with
nitrogen or air, three distinct  types of  feed  and  reactions  for  the
application  of  sulfur  trioxide need to  be considered.  The three feed
stocks involved are 1)  alkyl  benzenes;   2)  alpha  or  branched  chain
olefins; and 3)  lauryl, fatty and/or ethoxylated  alcohols.  Please refer
to figures 35-37.

The  sulfur  trioxide  used  in  these   three  processes using different
reactants may be prepared  in  three  different  ways.   Althouth  other
methods  of  preparation are also possible, the following are those used
commercially.  The first process for producing sulfur trioxide  is  that
of  sulfur  burning.   In  this  process  a  liquid  sulfur is vaporized and
burned, usually in two stages, with air  to form  a  sulfur  trioxide-air
mixture   which   can   be   fed   directly   in   vapor   form  to  the
sulfonation/sulfation unit.

Another source of sulfur trioxide is that  derived  from  high  strength
oleum.   In  this  process,  65-70  percent  oleum is the purchased feed
component.  It is heated in a reboiler operation  to  produce  anhydrous
vapor  S03_, as the concentration of the  oleum is reduced to a 20 percent
or even a lower level.  The S03  vapor   is  then  diluted  with  air  or
nitrogen as the feed stream to the reactor.  The  sulfuric acid remaining
                            \
                             \ 152

-------
is  then  sold  or  transferred  to  a  sulfuric  acid  manufacturer for
reconstitution to the higher 65-70 percent oleum level.

A third way of obtaining sulfur trioxide  is  by  purchasing  stabilized
liquid  sulfur  trioxide.  This source of sulfur trioxide can be brought
in by tank cars or by an over-  the-fence  arrangement.    It  is  of  99
percent  or higher purity and in a stabilized form of one of its phases.
It is stored over an inert gas, usually nitrogen, in order  to  preserve
its stability in storage while in the liquid state.

For  the  purpose of costing, S03 has been assumed to be manufactured by
burning sulfur.  It was further assumed that this does nor.  add  to  the
water effluent waste loading, since most of the losses from carrying out
the  preparation  of  S03  would  be  in  the  vapor phase and therefore
concerned only with problems of waste blowing into  the  atmosphere,  if
any.

In a sense, the purchase of sulfur trioxide in its stabilized form would
lead to no different degree of air or water effluent waste.  In the case
of  sulfur trioxide production from high concentrations of oleum, then a
reboiler reactor, which produces the S03 vapor, does lead  to  a  liquid
stream  of sulfuric acid.  However, as.stated earlier, this is generally
sent over the fence or even shipped for reconcentration to the  original
strength  oleum.   It  thus presents no added water effluent flow except
for spills and accidental incidents.

When an alkyl-benzene is employed as the raw material for reaction  with
sulfur  trioxide,  as  well  as  in the other reactants mentioned above,
there are side reactions which occur  if  sufficient  heat  removal  and
close temperature control is not attained.  Therefore, generally useful,
is  the  recycle of the cooled intermediate state alkyl-benzene sulfonic
acid or the alkene sulfonic acid or the  lauryl  alcohol  sulfuric  acid
back into the staged reaction loop, after cooling.  In this way and with
good  temperature  control,  preferably in the range of 60-80 C  (140-176
°F), high yield of the desired products may be obtained.

In the case of alkyl-benzene as a feed stock, it is desired  principally
to  obtain  the  para-substituted  product  rather  than  those in other
positions on the benzene ring.  If high temperatures at the  surface  of
contact  is  unfortunately  reached, there is a strong tendency for both
disproportionation and ring isomerization in the case  of  alkyl-benzene
feed  stock.   In addition to the desired mono-substituted alkyl-benzene
sulfonic acid, a fair amount of anhydrides of  sulfonic  acid  are  also
obtained.   These  are  essentially  the  anhydride of two alkyl-benzene
sulfonic acid molecules.  These anhydrides must be hydrated  with  water
or otherwise reacted, in order to produce alkyl-benzene sulfonic acid of
good  quality.  This reaction to produce the anhydrides is the result of
the affinity for sulfur trioxide in  the  liquid  phase  to  react  with
water, extracting it from combined hydrogen and hydroxyl groups, to form
sulfuric  acid.  The sulfuric acid in the water phase cannot be reverted
but must instead be decomposed by the dilution or hydration  with  added
water in a separate step.
                              153

-------
When  either  an  alpha  olefin  or  a  branched  chain  olefin is to be
sulfonated, several side reactions  occur  which  diminish  the  product
quality  and  result  in  by-products  which  must  be  dealt with.  The
principal reaction besides that cf the  sulfonation  of  the  olefin  to
produce  the  alkene-sulfonic  acid in the terminal bond position of the
olefin, is that of bond migration where the sulfur trioxide  reacts  and
moves  along  the  chain,  so  that no longer does one obtain a terminal
sulfonic acid product but one which is branch chained at the position of
the sulfur trioxide addition.

Another reaction forming undesirable by-products that occurs with sulfur
trioxide and an olefin is that of the formation of sultones, which are a
cyclyzed form of .the thiolone.  These appear generally in three of their
most stable .forms, that is, alkyl- propane sultone, alkyl-butane sultone
and also octane-alkyl sultone, all of  which  must  first  be  destroyed
before a useful product can be obtained.

The  conversion  of  sultones  is  accomplished  by direct reaction with
caustic  soda  or  sodium   hydroxide,   which   produces   the   sodium
hydroxy-sulfonate  of  the  alkene product together with a sodium alkene
sulfonate in stoichiometric proportions.  The normal  reaction  product,
alkene  sulfonic acid is simultaneously neutralized with caustic soda to
form the desired sodium alkene sulfonate and water.

In the case of sulfation reactions in which an alcohol,  an  ethoxylated
alcohol  or  an  ethoxylated  phenol  is  used for sulfation with sulfur
trioxide, the product formed is an organic sulfuric acid.  In this case,
the same by-products can occur as with oleum sulfation.

The reaction products from the alpha  olefin  or  branched  olefin  must
first  be  neutralized  to  produce the desired sodium alkene sulfonates
before further hydration, whereas in the case of the direct reaction  of
sulfur  trioxide  with  alkyl-benzene,  the  neutralization  can  follow
hydration steps.  Of  course,  an  organic  sulfuric  acid  requires  no
hydration.

In  all  cases  of these three reactions there is usually a holding tank
after a cyclone separation of vapor  S03  that  is  unreacted,  and  the
liquid  streams  of  product  and  sulfuric  acid.   For this reason the
holding tank  provides  not  only  additional  residence  time  for  the
completion  of the formation of sulfonic acids or alkyl alcohol sulfuric
acid, but completes the  reaction  so  that  a  recycle  stream  can  be
returned  to  the sulfonator or sulfator stage in order to get increased
heat transfer and diminish the possibility of double substitution  of  a
sulfonic acid group.

Some  of  these  reactions  are  carried  out  simultaneously in certain
instances because alkyl benzene sulfonate and the fatty alcohol sulfates
are both often blended for a better balanced detergent.   This  blending
can  best  be  done after the reaction loop but before the hydration and
neutralization steps, and leads to superior blended products.
                               154

-------
The neutralization of the reaction can be carried out with any  alkaline
neutralizing  agent  depending  upon  the product desired.  For example,
caustic soda, as earlier described, aqua ammonia, which will lead to the
formation of an ammonium salt; potassium, or even ethanol amines can  be
used.   In  addition,  when liquid detergents are being made, substances
such as low  molecular  weight  alcohol,  urea,  toluene  and/or  xylene
sulfonates  for  hydrotropic  agents  can be also simultaneously made in
tandem operations and blended before hydration and neutralization.

The most feasible means of decreasing water  effluent  contaminants  and
simultaneously  of  increasing the quality of the product, as it applies
either to a batch or a continuous system assumed in  BPCTCA  technology,
is the addition of dilution in the reaction step, increased agitation to
diminish  temperature elevations as a result of the exothermal nature of
the reaction, or better contact between the vapor  sulfur  trioxide  and
the  liquid  reactant  phases.   Additionally,  a  batch counter-current
process can be installed by utilizing two or  more  reaction  loops,  in
which  the  fresh  sulfonic  acid  in  the  form  of sulfur trioxide, is
introduced into the stream to the completion stage or holding  stage  of
the  reaction  in counter-current to the feed of the. alkyl- benzene, the
olefin,  or  a  fatty  acid  alcohol.   Such  a  batch   counter-current
arrangement  is easily feasible and should be economically viable by the
addition of one or more small reaction loops for a second and even third
stage of the process.

Raw Waste Loadings

The following average raw waste loadings can be expected:

BOD5 - 1.9 kg/kkg  (1.9 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 3.7 kg/kkg  (3.7 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.2 kg/kkg (0.2 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Surfactant - 1.8 kg/kkg  (1.8 lb.1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Oil and Grease - 0.4 kg/kkg  (0.4 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Best Available Technology Economically^Achievable Guidelines  •

Please refer to guidelines in Table 7-2 in this Section.

PROCESS 203 - SO3 SOLVENT AND VACUUM SULFONATION

PROCESS 204 - SULFAMIC ACID SULFATIQN

PROCESS 205 - CHLOROSULFONIC ACID SULFATION

Best Available Technology gconomically Achievable

Improved process control should reduce the waste loading.
                                 155

-------
Raw Waste Load

The following average raw waste loads are expected  (all values given  in
kg/kkg, lb/1000 Ib of product produced).

       22P5    COD    Suspended    Surfactant   Oil &
                       Solids                   Grease

203    1.0     3.0      0.1          0.1         0.2
204    1.0     3.0      0.1          0.1         0.2
205    1.5     5.0      0.2          1.5         0.3


Please see guidelines in Tables 7-1 and 7-2 at beginning of Section.

PROCESS 207 - SPRAY DRIED DETERGENTS
(AIR QUALITY RESTRICTION OPERATION)

1 §§ *L. £ v a i 1 a bl e _T e c hno 1 oc[ y_ EC on omically Achievable_and_ Rationale

As  discussed  in  Section  VII,  installation  of  tandem chilled water
scrubbers (one with high and one with lew  detergent  concentration)  to
scrub  the  plume  will  enable meeting air pollution restrictions while
materially reducing the water effluent load.

Raw^Waste Load

The following average raw waste load is expected:

BOD5 - 0.6 kg/kkg  (0.6 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product


COD - 2.5 kg/kkg  (2.5 Ib/IOC/Q Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.7 kg.kkg (0.7 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                   product

Surfactant - 1.0 kg/kkg (1.0 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Oil and Grease - 0.2 kg/kkg (0.2 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                 product
                           conomically Achievable^Guidelines

Please refer to guidelines in Table 7-2 at beginning of this Section

PkOCE SS _ 2 0 8 _ -_L I OJJ I D_ DETER GENTS

PROCESS 211 - DETERGENT BARS AND CAKES

Best Available Technology Economically Achievable and Rationale
                                156

-------
Guidelines recommendations for both processes were reduced on the  basis
of  expected  greater control over product losses in washups and general
manufacturing.

Raw_Waste_Load

The following raw waste loads are expected (all values given in  kg/kkg,
lb/1000 Ib of anhydrous product.)

            gOD5    COD    Suspended    Surfactant   Qil_J>
                            Solids                   Grease

208         0.5     1.5      	          0.5        	
211         3.0     9.0      1.0           2.0        0.2

Best Available Technology Economically Achievable Guidelines

Please refer to guidelines in the Table 7-2 at the beginning of this
Section.
                                157

-------
                               SECTION XI

                    NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

                       AND PRETREATMENT STANDARDS

Introduction

New  source  performance  standards  (NSPS),  being  that which would be
employed in a new source of manufacture, offers an opportunity to  start
afresh  in  the  design  of  production facilities.  Reviewing candidate
processes for minimized effluents has produced no great surprises.  Soap
and detergent making is a well established  art.   Still,  a  number  of
relevant, substantive concepts for improvement have emerged as well as a
few  fairly  far  from  commercial  realization.   Bearing  in  mind the
necessity of being very  practical,  in  the  discussion  of  all  newer
developments  for  NSPS,  particular note has been made of the degree to
which each technique has been reduced to acceptable commercial practice.
The technology, in most categories, reflects the improvements  developed
in  best  available  technology economically achievable.  The guidelines
for many of these subcategories will be the same for the two  groups  of
technology.   To  simplify  study of the recommendations, the guidelines
are reported in tabular form with the processes  given  new  limitations
and  special consideration in the text noted by an asterisk.  The sign 3
in the table indicates that the  1983  and  new  source  guidelines  are
identical.   Please  refer to the corresponding guidelines discussion in
SECTION X for extensions and exceptions recommended for the  guidelines.
These exceptions are applicable to both sets of guidelines.

Following the discussion of specific process improvements for new source
performance  standards  is  a  review  of process chemistry developments
which deserve further continuing study for ultimate improvements in  low
effluent  level products.  As with all such "far out" developments, some
of the concepts have greater probability for success than others.   They
are   offered   for  the  different  perspectives  they  offer  to  this
sophisticated art of soap and detergent manufacturing and formulating.
                                159

-------
                                TABLE 8

              New_Source Performance StandardsrGuidelines

Note:  All values reported are  in  kg/kkg  (lb/1000  Ib)  of  anhydrous
product  made in that category.  For all categories the guidelines pH is
6-9.
                                        Suspended                  Oil &
                          BOD5   COD      Solids     Surfactant   Grease

   Batch Kettle and
     Continous Soap*      0.20   0.60     0.20           —       0.05
   Fatty Acid By Fat
     Splittings           0.25   0.90     0.20           —       0.15
   Soap From Fatty
     Acid Neutrali-
     zation®              0.01   0.05     0.02           —       0.01
   Glycerine Recovery
      Concentrations      0.40   1.20     0.10           —       0.04
      Distillations       0.30   0.90     0.04           —       0.02
   Soap Flakes And
     Powder sS             0.01   0.05     0.01           —       0.01
   Bar SoapsS             0.20   0.60     0.34           —       0.03
   Liquid SoapS           0.01   0.05     0.01           —       0.01
   Oleum Sulfation/
     Sulfonation*         0.01   0.03   ,  0.02          0.01      0.04
   Air-SO3 Sulfa-
     tion/Sulfonation*    0.09   0.40     0.09          0.09      0.02
   SO3 Solvent and
     Vacuum Sulfona-
     tionS                0.10   0.45     0.01          0.10      0.02
   Sulfamic Acid
     SulfationS           0.10   0.45     0.01          0.10      0.02
   Chlorosulfonic
     Acid SulfationS      0.15   0.75     0.02          0.15      0.03
   Neutralization
     Of AcidsS            0.01   0.05     0.03          0.02      0.01
   Spray Dried
   Detergents
    Normals               0.01   0.08     0.01          0.02      0.005
    Air Quality
       RestrictedS        0.08   0.35     0.10          0.15      0.03
    Fast
     Turnarounds          0.02   0.09     0.02          0.03      0.005
   Liquid Deter-
     gentsS               0.05   0.23     0.005          0.05      0.005
   Detergent Dry
     BlendingS            0.01   0.08     0.01          0.01      0.005
   Drum Dried
     DetergentsS          0.01   0.05     0.01          0.01      0.01
   Detergent Bars
     and CakesS           0.30   1.35     0.10          0.20      0.02
                                 160

-------
PROCESS DISCUSSION

SOAP MANUFACTURE BY BATCH KETTLE

Soap Manufacture by Continuous Counter-Current^ Process

There appears to be little economic driving force for  the  construction
of  a  totally  new batch soap manufacturing installation, from fats and
oils, in the United States in the foreseeable  future.   There  will  be
replacement  of  some  pieces of equipment as maintenance demands.  Soap
use is expected to hold constant at best.  Particularly in tcilet  bars,
there  is  continuing  loss  of  soap volume to synthetic detergent bars
where the hard water problems are severe.

A totally new installation, starting  with  fats  and  oils,  will  most
likely  be a continuous manufacturing process.  Although initial capital
investment and operating costs are  the  lowest  attainable,  use  of  a
continuous unit entails the sacrifice of some manufacturing flexibility.
For  example,  changeovers  are  accomplished  more  conveniently and/or
economically with a batch kettle when it is desired to make a number  of
different  base  soaps,  each  of  which  requires  different  fatty raw
materials input.

Technically, a continuous unit possesses two major advantages.  It  uses
very  little water, thus minimizing the problem of waste water disposal.
Secondly, as the nigre is formed entirely in a solid state, its handling
is greatly simplified.  In areas where there is little or no market  for
the dark soaps derived from nigre, this is a distinct advantage.  Please
refer to Figure 33 for process details.

Manufacturing  operations  still  require  preliminary  fat refining and
bleaching, as shown in section 1012 of the schematic  diagram  for  soap
manufacture  by  batch  kettle.   Therefore, the waste streams from this
process can be minimized only to the extent described in best  available
technology economically achievable.  The volume of waste water currently
generated  by  the batch kettle process can be reduced about 80 percent.
Utilities are expected to run no more than 0.4U0 to 0.660/kkg   (0.20  to
0.30/1000  Ib)  of  neat soap.  Electricity use is somewhat increased by
the requirements  of  the  turbo-disperser  motors  and  those  for  the
centrifuge operations.  This added cost would be approximately 0.220/kkg
(0.10/1000 Ib) of soap product according to best estimates.

A  significant  reduction  in  operating  cost  would be expected in the
substitution of the  continuous  processing  for  a  batch  kettle  from
reduced  labor  requirements.  Instead of labor in the range of eight to
ten men per shift for a kettle plant of circa 9 to 13.6 M kg  (20 to 30 M
Ib) capacity per year or higher, it should be no more than two  or  pos-
sibly three men per shift for a continuous unit, representing a striking
reduction   in  labor  costs.   Through  labor  savings  alone,  capital
investment for a continuous soap process should be recovered within  ten
years.
                                 161

-------
Realizing  that  improvements in the clay treatment and vacuum bleaching
of the feed oils and fats are limited to the replacement of a barometric
condenser by a two-stage surface condenser, and that only good operating
cleanliness can further reduce the raw waste load,  the  best  available
demonstrated  control  technology  guidelines consider a small allowance
for wastes from fats and oils pretreatment but essentially none for  the
continuous saponif ication process.

By  the  use  of  centrifugation,  the  soaps or fats can be effectively
separated from the salt and lye.  Thus, all of these  materials  can  be
reprocessed  and it would appear that recommended guideline levels could
easily be met in the continuous saponif ication plant.
The following average raw waste load can be expected:

BOD5 - 2 kg/kkg  (2 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

COD - 4 kg/kkg  (4 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Suspended Solids - 2 kg/kkg  (2 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous soap

Oil and Grease - 0.5 kg/kkg  (0.5 lb/1000 Ib)  anhydrous soap

SQAP FROM FATTY^ ACID N EUTR ALI ZATION

General

In BADTC technology the manufacture of soap by fatty acid neutralization
is regarded as the norm  for  the  preparation  of  neat  soap.   It  is
depicted  in  Figure  34.   Data reported here is a combination of field
visits and contractor's engineering design parameters.   Data  from  two
installations  has  been integrated with additional information found in
the literature.

BADTC_TechnologYm~mSoap Manufacture

The continuous process makes use of proportioning pumps with  interlocks
and  main  control -interlocks  for  absolute  rate  of  feeds flow, very
similar to that outlined in the continuous saponif ication  process.   In
this  process  turbodispersers  are  used which greatly enhance the con-
tacting efficiency between the water and fatty acid or oil phases of the
reactants.  The reaction time is reduced to a matter of 10 to 15 minutes
total within the reactor and separation systems.

The quality  of  product  made  from  such  a  continuous  operation  is
equivalent to or improved over that from the batch kettle.  For example,
the  batch  .kettle  process  will  result  in an average content of free
alkali, measured as Na^O, of 0.5 percent to 0.75 percent.  In  the  case
of the continuous manufacturing operation (representing an average range
of  all  contractors'  claims)  the  free  alkali  is reduced tenfold to
approximately 0.05  percent  to  0.075  percent.   Similarly,  the  salt
                                 162

-------
content  is  reduced  from  1  percent  to  0.5  percent.  The neat soap
produced from this reaction needs to  be  dried  from  approximately  35
percent  water  content  to  the  desired  level.  The drying process is
considered separately.

Battery limit capital investment, including appropriate tankage for  the
reactants,  will  cost approximately $500,000 for a 20 million pound per
year plant.  Direct operating labor will approximate  $60,000  per  year
using  standard labor costs.  Appropriate maintenance and administration
costs would equal the direct labor costs.  It is  estimated  that  steam
consumption  will  amount  to approximately $6,000 per year; electricity
approximately $10,000 per year, and cooling water  approximately  $2,000
per  year  for  a  20  million  pound per year installation.  It must be
emphasized that this covers only the neutralization step for  production
of neat soap from fatty acids.

§AR_SOAP_-_DRYING

The  drying  operation is no different than that in BATEA guidelines for
solid bar soap manufacture.  A surface condenser is indicated for use in
place of the normal barometric condenser now generally utilized for soap
drying, especially when vacuum drying operations  are  carried ' out  for
clear soaps.

The capital cost for the above drying operation  (for the production of a
bar  soap  extrudate)  is estimated at $200,000 for 9 M kg  (20 M Ib) per
year of anhydrous soap capacity.  Operating steam, electric and  cooling
water  costs  are  the same as those shown for best available technology
economically achievable.

SOLVENT_PROCESS_FOR_SgAP_MANUFACTyFE

A process developed in the  19UO's requires no water  to  make  anhydrous
soap and dynamite glycerine.

In  the Kokatnur process fats or oils dissolved in heated kerosene  (260-
290C)  (500-554F) are mixed under pressure with anhydrous  caustic  soda.
The  reaction  takes  place  in  ten minutes and produces dynamite grade
glycerine.  After drawing off the glycerine, the  remaining  mixture  is
released  into  an  expansion  chamber where evaporation of the kerosene
yields anhydrous soap.  The process has the following advantages:

1.  Very short reaction time.

2.  Use of kerosene prevents charring.

3.  Absence of water reduces heat requirement.

H.  Dynamite grade glycerine and anhydrous soap are obtained directly.

One major defect of the process is that there is no refining  stage  and
traces  of kerosene are left in the soap, making it impossible to market
                                  163

-------
the product  for toilet  bar  use.   Without  further  refinement the  soap   is
suitable only  for  limited industrial  uses.

201 - OLEUM  SULFATION AND SULFONATIQN

Extensive  contractor   data indicates that, with  good engineering design
of the reactor and a minimum residence time prior to neutralization, the
levels proposed for raw waste load  can be readily met  by  a  continuous
process plant.

Compared  to those for  batch or  semi-batch reverse feed systems, capital
investments  for a  continuous  process  are  estimated  to  be  lower   by
$66/kkg   ($30/1000 Ib)  of  annual   capacity.    Operational savings are
possible in  the form  of reduced  labor  costs,  lower  consumption   of
utilities,   and  higher conversion of feedstocks  (0.8 to 1.0 percent)  to
products.

The continuous process  is adaptable to almost any size installation from
900 thousand kg  (2 million  Ib) per year upward.   Please refer to  Figure
35.

Raw Waste Loadings

The following average raw waste  load  can  be expected:

BOD5 - 0.1 kg/kkg  (0.1  lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 0.2 kg/kkg (0.2 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids -  0.2  kg/kkg (0.2 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                    product

Surfactant - 0.1 kg/kkg  (0.1  lb/1000  Ib)  anhydrous product

Oil and Grease - O.U kg/kkg  (0.4  lb/1000  Ib)  anhydrous
                    product

302^ AIR-S03r SULFATION AND_SULFONATIQN


BADTC  guideline   recommendations  are  based on  process chains shown  in
Figures 35,  36  and 37.    The   process   chain  involves  the  reaction,
hydration,   neutralization    and  finishing  steps  for  production  of
alkylated aromatics.

Neutralization

NSPS guideline recommendations are based  upon technology illustrated  in
Figures  35-37  related  earlier,  each   covering a separate feed stock,
i.e.,  alkyl aromatics, olefins and  alcohols.   The  process  variations
reflect  the  particular  chemical  reaction characteristics of the feed
stocks.
                                 164

-------
In an integrated plant utilizing products containing derivatives of  all
three  feed  stocks,  superior blended products can be made by combining
the reaction products after the reaction loop but prior to the hydration
and neutralization steps.  This procedure is particularly applicable  to
the blends of alkyl benzene sulfonate with fatty alcohol sulfates.

Performance    of    a    new   installation   based   upon   continuous
sulfonation/sulfation is expected to be improved moderately over already
installed batch or batch counter current systems.  The  form  of  sulfur
trioxide used will not influence the effluent water quality.


The  cost depicted and guaranteed by a supplier shows utility demands as
follows; electricity 0.9 to 1.10/kg  (0.4 - 0.52/lb) of  active  material
from  the  reaction; cooling water requirements of 0.1 - 0.2£/kg  (0.05 -
0.102/lb)  of  active  product.   The  initial  capital  cost  for  this
installation  relates  of  course  to  plant  size with economy of scale
favoring large plants.  For plants in the size range  of  13.6M  kg  per
year (30M Ib per year) of active ingredient, and based upon a 92 percent
stream  factor, capital amounts to $88-110/kkg  ($40-50/1000 Ib)  annually
product capacity.

Use of stabilized liquid sulfur trioxide is assumed.  If sulfur trioxide
is produced by sulfur burning, this is considered to be a separate unit,
and the economics and the justification covered in the water effluent.


Raw Waste Load

The following raw waste load can be expected:

BOD5 - 0.9 kg/kkg  (0.9 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

COD - 2.7 kg/kkg  (2.7 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Suspended Solids - 0.9 kg/kkg  (0.9 lb.1000 Ib) anhydrous
                    product

Surfactant - .0.9 kg/kkg  (0.9 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous product

Oil and Grease - 0.2  kg/kkg  (0.2 lb/1000 Ib) anhydrous
                    product
PRETREATMENT REQUIREMENTS

In this section of the report those pollutants capable of disrupting, or
likely to disrupt,  the  operation  of  a  publicly  owned  waste  water
treatment plant are cited.  It should be fully understood that it is not
the  intent  to  provide limits or other standards which would in effect
supplant any sewer use ordinance developed and now being enforced  by  a
central  authority.  In fact, every authority that owns a collection and
                                 165

-------
                                                   SECTION X and XI
                                                 LEVEL II TECHNOLOGY
                                                     and
                                                 LEVEL III TECHNOLOGY
                                             SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM - 201 and 206

                                 CONTINUOUS DETERGENT SLURRY PROCESSING PLANT

                                 HIGH-ACTIVE ALKYLATE SULFONATION WITH OLEUM : FEED A_

                                                   LOWNa2SO4  CONTENT
                                         REACTION
                                         COIL
Modified 201-A: SULFONATION
ALKYLBENZENE
FROM STORAGE
                              Cooling
                              Water
       SULFONATION
       COOLER
           PROPORTIONING
           PUMP
WATER-
COOLED
MIXING
PUMP
                             Cooling
                             Water •*•
                                                                       DILUTION
                                                                       COOLER
OLEUM
FROM
STORAGE
                                                  WATER
                                                                         i
MIXING
PUMP
                                                    FIGURE   31
                                                          SETTLER
                       T
                      SPENT
                      ACID
                                                                                                            206-A: Neutralization
          NEUTRALIZED
          DETERGENT
          SLURRY
                                                                                              Cooling
                                                                                              Water
NEUTRALIZATION
COOLER
                                                                                                            Water Cooled
                                                                                                            MIXING
                                                                                                            PUMP
                                                                                             ALKALI

-------
                                                SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM— 201 MODIFIED

                                     CONTINUOUS DETERGENT SLURRY PROCESSING PLANT

                                        FATTY ALCOHOL SULFATION WITH OLEUM : FEEDS B and C
FATTY ALCOHOL
FROM STORAGE
OLEUM
FROM
STORAGE
                     PROPORTIONING
                     PUMP
                                                      SULFATION
                                                      COOLER
MIXING
PUMP
                                                                     T
                                                                                                                    NEUTRALIZED
                                                                                                                    DETERGENT
                                                                                                                    SLURRY
                                                                                             NEUTRALIZATION
                                                                                             COOLER
                                    MIXING
                                    PUMP
                                                                  Cooling
                                                                  Water
                                                                   ALKALI
                 Modified: 201-B and C : SULFATION
                          201-Band C : NEUTRALIZATION
  o\
                                              FIGURE

-------
       oo
                                                               SECTION XI
                                                         LEVEL III TECHNOLOGY
                                            108: SOAP MANUFACTURE BY CONTINUOUS SAPONIFICATION
         tan RECEIVING
           STORAGE-TRANSFER
1012 FAT REFINING
   AND BLEACHING
CLAY
                                                                                                                        LEAKS. SPILLS. DRAINS.
                                                                                                                        CONOENSATES, STEAM

-------
                                                    SECTION XI
                                               LEVEL III TECHNOLOGY
            103 Modified: SOAP BY CONTINUOUS FATTY ACID NEUTRALIZATION
ER RECYCLE   I



 T   FATTY ACID!
VO
TY ACID
"l01* 10JI RECEIVING
1 STORAGF-TRANSFER INTERLOCKED
1 rorwnuTiONiNG PUUK MASTER
J 	



1 1
1 	 PX^
1 — 1

— ii
L-J r^ .






r— j FEED j-*~- 	
PUMP




OM HYDROXIDE
CHLORIDE 	
INE 	
CARBONATE -
— 1 — L
1 — K^

r| 	 1
1 *l 	 1
-I 	 1
H 1

l^/^
— ii
.r1! •
•I 	 i
TP1
' 1 	

*
, r
UL_
—
b r




^
SEQUENTIAL
. 	 OR —
/ TANDEM
OPERATION

LEAKS. SPILLS. STORM
RUNOFFS. WASHOUTS.
103102
2nd STAGE


 o
 C
 3
/ —
VENT
2nd STAGE
REACTION
TOWER
SEQUENTIAL
— OR
TANDEM
OPERATION
" TURBO
OISPERSER

—
A
V*nt
J A
I


SEPA-
RATOR
REACTION
TOWER
;






TURBO
DISPERSER




HOMO-
GENIZER

NEAT SOAP
CON
                                                      CONDENSATE
                                                                              TO BAR SOAP
                                                                              MOLDING
                                                                                             Section 1062-Modified:

                                                                                    NEAT SOAP DRYING: FOR BAR SOAPS
                                                                                                                       TO
                                                                                                                       ATMOSPHERE
LO

-------
                                                                 SECTION XI
                                                           LEVEL III TECHNOLOGY


                                                               COMBINED PROCESSES

                                      Modified 202 : SOg - SULFONATION / SULFATION PROCESSES - CONTINUOUS

                                                                      AND

                                      Modified 206 : NEUTRALIZATION OF SULFONIC OR ALKYL SULFURIC ACID PROCESSES - CONTINUOUS
                                                            TO SCRUBBERS
202A and 206A : SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM

Modified ALKYL BENZENE SULFONATION

Reaction: 202 A Section
       ALKYL
       BENZENE
O
Ul
                     SULFONATION
                                                                             DIGESTOR
                                                                           DIGESTION
                                                                                                  HYDRATOR
                                                                                                               WATER
                                                                                                                              NEUTRALIZATION: 206 A Section
                                                                                                                                                   PRODUCT
                                                                                                                                            HEAT
                                                                                                                                            EXCH.
                                                                                          HYDRATION
CAUSTIC SODA
NEUTRALIZATION

-------
                                                                    SECTION XI

                                                              LEVEL III TECHNOLOGY


                                                             SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM

                                                          202 C and 206 C: Modified - Combined

                                                     FATTY ALCOHOL SULFATION : WITH SO0
                             Reaction : 202 C  Section
   FATTY
   ALCOHOL
    SO3-AIR
M
O
U)
cr>
                              REACTOR
                 DEMISTER
                                                                  TO SCRUBBER
                                                                                      CAUSTIC
                                                                                      SODA
                                                                                                       Neutralization : 206-C Section
                                                                                                                                    PRODUCT
                                                                                                               HEAT
                                                                                                               EXCHANGER
                                                                                                       PUMP
                                                                                                                                Cooling
                                                                                                                                Water

-------
                                                          SECTION XI
                                                    LEVEL III TECHNOLOGY

                                          SCHEMATIC FLOW DIAGRAM - COMBINED 202B and 206B

                                             ALPHA - OLEFIN SULFONATION WITH SO,
                              Reaction: 202 B Section
                                                                                   Neutralization : 206 B Section
   ALPHA
   OLEFIN
-vl
NJ
   SO3-AIR
O
c
*>
w

u>
REACTOR
                                                     SULFURICACID
                                             CYCLONE
                                                                   PUMP
                                                        HYPOCHLORITE
                                                        BLEACH
                                                                   PUMP
BLEACH
AND
pHMlX

TANK
                                                                                                                         •> PRODUCT
                                                                         CAUSTIC
                                                                         SODA

-------
treatment system should have an up-to-date  sewer  use  ordinance  which
would  enable it to regulate the types and quantity of industrial wastes
admitted to its system.  The purpose of this section  is  to  point  out
possible problem areas and indicate applicable control measures.

With  the  exception  of dissolved mineral salts there is essentially no
pollutant in the wastes  from  soap  and  detergent  manufacturers  that
cannot be removed at high levels of efficiency in a central plant.

Fats and Oils

Fats  and  oils  from  soap  plants  are  readily  degradable.  Whenever
excessive fats, oils or greases are discharged, or whenever a  safeguard
against such a discharge is required, the waste should be passed through
a gravity type separator prior to discharge to the central system.  This
type  of pretreatment serves to remove up to 90 percent of the free oils
which are the  primary  source  of  problems  in  both  sewers  and  the
treatment plant.

As  previously  discussed,  the  well-designed  fat trap is similar to a
primary clarifier in a municipal plant.  An appropriate size for a large
soap plant would be rated 2078  1/day/l  sq  m  (600  gallons/day/square
foot).   Residence time should be about 1 hour.  Such a fat trap, with a
radial flow to the perimeter discharge weir and a rotating  scraper  arm
which  moves  the  fat layer in front of the arm and thence into a well,
will do an excellent job and provide essentially complete removal.

The  underflow  from  such  a  fat  trap  will  have  a  high  treatable
concentration  of  biodegradable  organics.   In  one of the soap plants
observed in this study a reserve of the underflow is retained  in  tanks
to be used as a feed for the biological treater when only a few units of
the plant are operating.

If  the  pollutant is a low molecular weight mineral solvent which has a
low water solubility the same treatment mechanism can be employed.   The
captured  material  should  be  burned or processed for reuse.  The non-
flotables and the liquid phase  should  be  passed  on  to  the  central
treatment plant.

The   efficiency  of  the  fat  trap  must  be  maintained  and  routine
inspections should be made by the proper authorities.

Fats_and_Oilg_-_Dgtergent Plants

Detergent plants will have  oil  and  grease  effluents  more  like  the
hydrocarbons  encountered in the organic chemical industry; namely, they
will be of fossil or petroleum origin rather  than  from  natural • fats.
These hydrocarbons are not as readily degraded as those originating from
the  soap  plant.   The only analytical method, as described in Standatd
Methods, makes no differentiation between the two types of hydrocarbons.
Until such a test can be devised it would be unfair to  set  a  standard
based  on  the  least  degradable  product  and make the more degradable
product conform to it.  Additionally, from am economic standpoint it  is
                                 173

-------
most  important  to make a differentiation in treatability.  The problem
is accentuated in that the industrial detergents will  probably  contain
more  hydrocarbons  extracted  in  the  hexane extractable test that are
difficult to degrade than will the household detergents.

Zinc

Concentrations of zinc which could  lead  to  problems  at  the  central
facility  havs not been found in the waste water examined or in the data
analyzed.  The best  information  available  would  indicate  that  zinc
concentrations  of  between  5 and 100 mg/1 in the biological portion of
the central plant could slow the rate of assimilation.   Therefore,  any
concentration  of not more that 5 mg/1 would appear to be a satisfactory
process effluent level.  The observed values have been less than 4 mg/1.
the relationship of zinc to the activity of nitrifying bacteria is under
study in EPA.  The results could have an effect on this standard.

Should  a  zinc   problem   arise,   pretreatment   employing   alkaline
precipitation  is  the  most  effective means of reducing zinc levels to
satisfactory concentrations in process effluent.  This should be carried
out at pH values between 8.5 and 9.5 in  the  coagulation  unit  and  at
surface  loadings  of  1627 1 - 20377 1/sq m (400-5000 gpd/sq ft) in the
sedimentation unit.  The sludge should be dewatered and  incinerated  or
dried prior to disposal as a solid waste.


Industrial Cleaners

A  number of soap and detergent manufacturers studied produce industrial
cleaners which contain phosphoric and hydrofluoric acids;  and  organics
such  as  chlorinated  benzenes.   The  implication  of  the  first  two
substances is clear and whenever they are used, strict in-house  control
steps  should  be excercised to control their discharge.  The problem of
chlorinated  organic  discharge  is  potentially  more  serious.   These
materials  used  in such applications as acid cleaners are moderately to
highly toxic to man and may have a deleterious effect on waste treatment
plants and on receiving waters.  It is  expected  that  treatability  of
these  compounds  is being studied by the industries manufacturing them.
It is suggested that further definition of their impact, and discussions
of in-house and pretreatment control measures await  the  completion  of
those studies.
                                 174

-------
                              SECTION XII

                            ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The   Environmental   Protection   Agency   wishes  to  acknowledge  the
contributions to the project by Colin A.  Houston  &  Associates,  Inc.,
Mamaroneck,  New  York.   Messrs. Colin A.  Houston, Frederick C. Herot,
Charles H. Daniels and Ms. Susan M. Weisman, with the able assistance of
their consultants Mr. George C. Feighner, Dr. Allen  W.  Fleer  and  Mr.
Robert  W.  Okey, conducted the detailed technical study and drafted the
initial report on which this document is based.

Because of the wide-ranging scope of the study, there  was  occasion  to
call  upon  many  individuals  and  organizations  for assistance in the
course of bringing it to completion.  Many people, both  as  individuals
and  as  members  of  various  organizations,  responded with the utmost
courtesy and generosity.  We regret that space  does  not  permit  their
individual  citation, but the debt owed to each and every one of them is
gratefully acknowledged.

Throughout the country, soap, detergent and fatty acid producers,  large
and  small,  graciously  assisted  in  providing process information and
opening up their plants to detailed study  and  sampling.   Three  trade
associations  performed valuable liaison functions in making the project
a truly  cooperative  one;  the  Soap  and  Detergent  Association,  the
Chemical  Specialties  Manufacturers  Association, and the International
Sanitary Supply Association.

Special help was received from members cf the  Environmental  Protection
staffs  in  Regions  II, IV, V, VI and VIII.  As an example, Mr. William
Cloward,  Chief,  Industrial  Waste   Section,   Region   IV,   actively
contributed to all stages of the project, including participation in the
in-plant  sampling program.  Many of the accomplishments of the sampling
program are  attributable  to  the  assistance  and  analytical  support
received from the laboratory of the Division of Water Pollution Control,
Louisiana  Wildlife and Fisheries Commission, Baton Rouge, Louisiana and
the following Environmental Protection Agency  laboratories:  Analytical
Quality  Control  Laboratory,  Cincinnati,  Ohio;  Robert  S. Kerr Water
Research Center, Ada, Oklahoma; and the Regional Laboratories in Athens,
Georgia; Evansville,  Indiana;  Annapolis,  Maryland  and  Kansas  City,
Kansas.

A  lasting  indebtedness  is  acknowledged to those in the Environmental
Protection Agency who assisted in the  project  from  inception  of  the
study   through  preparation  and  review  of  the  report.   Especially
deserving recognition are:  Ms. Jan Beale, John  Ciancia,  Ms.  Patricia
Dugan,  Ernst  Hall,  Ms.  Frances  Hansborough, Richard Insinga, Thomas
Kopp, Ray McDevitt, Ronald McSwinney, David Mears, John Riley, Ms.  Jaye
Swanson and George Webster.
                                 175

-------
                              SECTION XIII

                               REFERENCES

 1.   Adams,  Roger,  et al.  Organic Reactions.  Vol. IV.
     John Wiley and Sons (1948).

 2.   Air Plastics,  Inc.  Cincinnati, Ohio.  Pollution
     Control Equipment.  Brochure No. 7201A.  January 22
     (1973)

 3.   Air Pollution  Control District, County of Los Angeles,
     California.  Concentration and Flow Rates of Particu-
     late Matter:  Tests at Plant G.  March 16, (1973)

 4.   Altman, Philip L. and Dittmer, Dorothy S.  Environ-
     mental  Biology.   Federation of American Societies for
     Experimental Biology.  Bethesda, Maryland.   (1966)

 5.   American Chemical Society.  1972-1973 Lab Guide.  ACS.
     Washington, D. C. (1972)

 6.   American Public Health Association.  Standard Methods
     for the Examination of Water and Waste Waters.  13th
     Edition.  APHA.   Washington, D. C.  (1971)

 7.   Appraisal of Granular Carbon Contacting.  Phase III
     Engineering Design and Cost Estimate of Granular Carbon
     tertiary Waste Water Treatment Plant.  U. S. Department
     of the  Interior, Federal Water Pollution Control Admini-
     stration, Ohio Basin Region.  Cincinnati, Ohio.

 8.   Badger, W. L.  and McCabe, W. L.  Elements of Chemical
     Engineering.   McGraw-Hill Company.  York, Pa.  (1936)

 9.   Balalrishnan,  S., Williamson, D. E., and Okey, R. W.
     State of the Art Review of Sludge Incineration Practice.
     Federal Water Quality Administration.  Dept. of the
     Interior, No.  17070, DIV Ap.  (1970)

10.   Ballestra, M.   Sulfonic Acids Neutralization with Sodium
     Carbonate and Water Catalyst.  U. S, Patent No. 3, 180,
     699 (1965)

11.   Bell,  Doug.  Report of Office of Air Programs.
     Emission Testing Branch.  Augusta, Ga.   (1972)

12.   Benedikt.  Chemical Analysis of Oils, Fats and Waxes.
     (1895)
                                 177

-------
13.  Benoit, R. J. and Okey, R. W. Effect of Presulfi-
     dation on the Cotreatment of Plating Waste and
     Domestic sewage by Activated Sludge.  Report to
     Connecticut Research Commission.   (1970)

14.  Black, J. F. Radiochemical Production of Sulfonates
     from Linear Paraffins.  Esso Research and Engineering.
     U. S. Patent 3,324,387.    (1967)

15.  Black, J. F. Radiation Source for Sulfonation Using
     Sulfur Dioxide.  Journal Applied Radiation smd isotopes
     Vol. 1, pp 256    (1957)

16.  Blakewayr et al.  Jet Reactor for Sulfonation.
     Colgate Palmolive Company.  U. S. Patent 3,346 505.
     (1967)

17.  Blinoff, V.  Sulfate Neutralization with Sodium Bi-
     carbonate and Dry Ice.  American Alcolac Corp. U. S.
     Patent 2,975,141  (1961)

18.  Ballestra, SPA.  Manufacture o£ Synthetic Detergents.
     Household and Personal Products Industry, pp 49-50.
     Milano, Italy.  January   (1973)

19.  Bord^ R. S. A Study of Sludge Handling and Disposal.
     USDI.  FWPCC.  May (1962)

20.  Brooks. R. J. and B.  J.  Use of Stabilized Sulfur
     Trioxide in Sulfonation.  Chemithon Corp.  U. S.
     Patent 3,259,645.   (1966)

21.  Brooks, R. J.  Improved Process for Sulfonation Using
     Sulfur Trioxide.  Chemithon Corp.  U. S. Patent 3,350,
     428   (1967)

22.  Bureau of the Census.   1967 Census of Manufactures.
     Concentration Ratios,- in Manufacturing, Part 3:  Employ-
     ment, Payrolls, Capital Expenditures and Other General
     Statistics.  Bureau of the Census.  June  (1971)

23.  California Water Quality Control Board.  Detergent
     Report,  state of California.  Sacramento, Califor-
     nia.   (1965)

24.  AP.CO Chemical Company.  Description of Process for
     Manufacture of Soft Detergent Alkylate.  Glenolden,
     Pennsylvania.            •<•

25.  Chemical Engineers Handbook.  McGraw Hill Company.
     4th Edition;..   (1963)
                                 178

-------
26.  Chemiton Corp.  Oleum Sulfonation Process Equipment.
1     Brcshure.  Seattle Washington.   (1968)

27.  Chemithon Corp.  S0.3 Detergent Process Equipment.
     Eroshure.  Seattle, Washington.   (1968)

28.  Chemical Week.  1973 Buyers' Guide Issue.  McGraw
     Hill.  October 25  (1972)

29.  Cross, C. F. and Dreyfuc, C.  Low Temperature Catalytic
     Alcoholysis.  British Patent 125,153.   (1919)

30.  Cutler and Davis.  Detergentry, Theory and Test Methods.
     1st Edition, part  1.  Mafcel Dekker,  Inc., N. Y.   (1972)

31.  Cyrus, William Rice & Company.  The Cost of  Clean  Water
     and its Economic Impact.  Projected Waste Water Treat-
     ment Costs in the  Organic Chemicals Industry.  Volume
     IV. U. S. Dept. Of Interior, Federal  Water Pollution
     Control Administration.  Washington,  D. C.   January 10
     (1969)

32.  Davidsohn, A.  Detergents Powders via New Process.
     Soaps, Cosmetics,  Chemical Specialties, pp 27-42.
     August,  (1972)

33.  Doss.  Properties  of Fats, Fatty Oils, Waxes, Fatty
     Acids and Salts.   The Texas Company.   (1952)
34.  Dreger, E. E.  Low Temperature Catalytic  Alcoholysis.
     U. S. Patent  2,383,596.   (1945)

35.  Dugan, Patrick R.  Biochemical Ecology of Water  Pollu-
     tion.  Plenum Press, N.  Y.   (1972)

36.  Dun & Bradstreet, Inc.   A Study of  Pollution  Control
     Practices  in Manufacturing  Industries.  Part  I:  Water
     Pollution  Control.  Research Services Dept.   Dun &
     Bradstreet.  June  (1971)

37.  Eckey, E.  W.  Hydrolysis.   Encyclopedia of Chemical
     Technology.  Vol. 5.   Interscience  Publishers.   (1950)

38.  Eckey, E.  W.  Hydrolysis.   U. S.  Patent 2,378,005.
      (1945)

39.  Eckey, E.  W. Vegetable  Fats and Oils.  ACS Monograph
     123.   (1954)

40.  E. F. Eldridge.  Industrial Waste Treatment Practice
     Me Graw Hill, New York   (1942)
                                 179

-------
41.  Emmett, P. H. Physical Organic Chemistry.  John Wiley
     & Sons.   (1940)
   )
42.  Fieser, Louis R. and. Mary.  Advanced Organic Chemistry.
     Rheinfold Publishing Company, New  York.

43.  Fieser, Louis F. and Ruth.  Stercid Chemistry.  Rhein-
     hold Publishing Company, New York.

44.  Handbook of Applied Hydraulics.  Me Graw Hill, New York.
     (1952)

45.  Hoffman, E. L. and Quigley, Ralph  E.  Flotation of Oily
     Wastes.  Proceeding of 21st Industrial Waste Conference,
     Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana,  pp 527.   (1966)

46.  Hovious, J. C. et al.  Anaerobic Treatment of Synthetic
     Organic wastes.  For Office of Research and Monitoring,
     Environmental Protection Agency.   Project No. 12020 DIS.
     January   (1972)

47.  Industrial Engineering Handbook.   Equipment and
     Facilities.  3rd Edition, Section  II, pp 26-115.
     H. B. Maynard, Ltd.  (1971)

48.  Jamieson, Z.  Vegetable Fats and Oils.  ACS Mono-
     graph 58.   (1943)

49.  Kaempfe, G.  Acidolysis of Glycerides.  pp 1009.  Far-
     ber - Zeitung 40.  (1935)

50.  Karrer, P.  Organic Chemistry.  Nordeman Company,
     New York.   (1938)

51.  Lewkowitsch.  Chemical Technology  and Analysis of
     Oils, Fats and Waxes.  Volume II.   (1922)

52.  Lohr, J. W.  Alcohol Sulphates from Alcohols and Un-
     diluted Sulfur Trioxide.  Andrew Jergens Company.  U. S.
     Patent 3,232, 976  (1966)

53.  Marquis, D. M. et al.  The Production of Alpha-Olefin
     Sulfonates.  Hydrocarbon Processing 47, no. 3, pp 109.
     Chevron Research Company.  (1968)

54.  McCutcheon, John W.  Detergent Equipment and Processes.
     Detergent Age.  J-8542, pp 1-20.   (1973)

55.  Meade, E. M. and Kroch, F. H.  Low Temperature Catalytic
     Alcoholysis - Hydrolysis.  British Patent 566,324.  (1944)
                                180

-------
56.   Mills,  V.  Continuous Countercurrent Hydrolysis of Fats.
     Procter & Gamble.  U. S. Patent 2,156,863  (1939)

57.   Milwidsky, A.  Practical Detergent Analyses.  Pergamon
     Press.    (1970)

58.   Motl, C. W.  Sulfonation at Low Pressures Using Undi-
     luted Sulfor Trioxide.  Procter 6 Gamble.  U. S. Patent
     3,248,413.   (1966)

59.   Morris, R. L.  Process Plant for Sulfation of Alpha
     Olefins.  Procter & Gamble Company.  U. S. Patent
     3,234,258.   (1966)

60.   National Technical Advisory Commission.  Water Quality
     Criteria.  Secretary of the Interior, Federal Water
     Pollution Control Administration, Washington, B.C.
     Government Printing Office.  April  (1968)

61.   Pattison, E. Scott.  Fatty Acids and Their Industrial
     Application.  Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York  (1968)

62.   Potts,  R. H. and Me Bride, G. W.  Continuous Hydroly-
     sis Process of Colgate - Emery Companies.  Chemical
     Engineering.    (1950)

63.   Projected Waste Water Treatment costs in the Organic
     Chemicals Industry  (updated).  Datagraphics, Inc.,
     Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.  July  (1971)

64.   Industrial Wastes:   Their Disposal and Treatment.
     Reinhold Publishing Corp., New York.

65.   Sharpies Division of Pennwalt Company.  Sharpies
     Continuous Soap Process.  Brochure.  Pennwalt Company,
     Warminster, Pennsylvania.  April  (1972)

66.   Smith,  Curtis W. Acrolein:  Derivatives of Glyceral-
     dehyde.  John Wiley 6 Sons, New York.   (1962)

67.   Tashen, Edward S. and Booman, Keith A.  Biodegrada-
     bility and Treatment of Alkylphenol Ethoxylates - A
     Class of Nonionic Surfactants.  Proceedings of the
     22nd Industrial Waste Conference,  pp 211.  Purdue
     University, Lafayette, Indiana.   (1967)
                                181

-------
68.  Todd, David Keith.  The Water Encyclopedia.  Water
     Information Center,  Port Washington, N.Y.  (1970)

69.  Texas Division, The Dow Chemical Company.  Treatment
     of Waste Water from the Production of Polyhydric Organics.
     For Office of Research and Monitoring Environmental
     Protection Agency.  Project no. 12020 EEQ.  October
     (1971)

70.  Tyschbinek, G.  Alcohol Esterification with Chloro-
     sulfonic Acid.  U.S. Patent 2,931,822.   (1960)
                                182

-------
                              SECTION XIV

                                GLOSSARY
ABS - An abbreviation applied to a family of closely related
branched side-chain benzene compounds formerly used as sur-
factants in household detergents.  ABS is an acronym for al-
kyl benzene sulfonate.

Act - The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments
of 1972, Public Law 92-500.

Aerobic - Growing only in air or free oxygen.

Aerobic Bacteria - Bacteria  which require the presence of
free (dissolved or molecular) oxygen for their metabolic
processes.  Oxygen in chemical combination will not support
aerobic organisms.

Alkalinity - A quantitative measure of the capacity of li-
quids or suspensions to neutralize strong acids or to re-
sist the establishment of acidic conditions.  Alkalinity
results from the presence of bicarbonates, carbonates,
hydroxides, volatile acids, salts and occasionally borates,
terms of the concentration of calcium carbonate that would
have an equivalent capacity to neutralize strong acids.

Amalgamator - A large horizontal mixer used to blend per-
fume, dyes, fillers (titanium dioxide for whitening), and
other materials in the manufacture of soap.

Anaerobic Bacteria - Bacteria that do not require the pres-
ence of free or dissolved oxygen for metabolism.  Strict
anaerobes are hindered or completely blocked by the presence
of dissolved oxygen and in some cases by the presence of
highly oxidized substances such as sodium nitrate, nitrites,
and perhaps sulfates.  Facultative anaerobes can be active in
the presence of dissolved oxygen but do not require its
presence.  See also aerobic bacteria.

Anaerobic Decomposition - Reduction of the net energy level
and change in chemical composition of organic matter caused
by microorganisms in an  anaerobic environment.

Antioxidants - Phenolic and amino compounds which inhibit
oxidation of organic compounds.

Atmosphere - Unit of pressure.  One atmosphere is normal
atmosphere pressure.
                                183

-------
     QetrJ^c^Cojigenser - A system of toth chilling vapors
into the liquid state from a gaseous state and reducing
flowing down a vertical pipe with considerable velocity.
Identical to the laboratory aspirator, which depends upon
the Venturi effect to create a vacuum. .
               ~ ^n considering plant construction and
costs, an arbitrary boundary  between essential process
units and supporting facilities.  Customarily within bat-
tery limits are reactors, stills, mixers, driers, and
fabricators.  Usually outside battery limits are power
plants, cooling towers, sewage and water treatment, raw
material and product storage, laboratory and office buildings
and roads.
Best AvaiLable^ Demon strated Control, Tcch
Treatment required for new sources  as defined by Section
306  (a)  (2)  of the Act.  Level III.

Treatment required by July 1, 1983  for industrial discharges
to surface waters as defined by Section 301  {b)  (2)  (A) of
the Act.  Level II.
S§st_Pr act icable_Control_r Technology Cuirently_Ayailat)le
(BPCTCA) - Treatment required by July  1,  1977 for industrial
discharges to surface waters as defined by Section 301  (b)
(1)  (A) of the Act.

Biological Cooling Tower - A cooling tower which is seeded
with microorganisms and fed with nutrients in which biological
degradation of organics occurs.

Biological Oxidation - The process whereby, through the
activity of living organisms in an aerobic environment,
organic matter is converted to more biologically stable
matter.

Bio Iggica .^Stabilization - Reduction in the net energy level
of organic matter as a result of the metabolic activity of
organisms.

BiolO3ical_Treatment - Organic waste treatment in which bac-
teria and/or biochemical action is intensified under con-
trolled conditions.

           §£ ~ See spray tower.
                                184

-------
BOD5 - Biochemical oxygen demand.  An indirect measure of the
concentration of biologically degradable material present in
organic wastes.  It is the amount of free oxygen utilized by
aerobic organisms when allowed to attack the organic matter
in an aerobically maintained environment at a specified
temperature (20°C) for a specific time period (five days).
It is expressed in milligrams of oxygen utilized per liter
of liquid waste volume (mg/1) or in milligrams of oxygen per
kilogram of solids present (mg/kg=ppm=parts per million parts).

Builders - Inorganic salts (usually) which augment the
cleansing or dirt-suspending power of a soap or detergent;
i.e., sodium silicate, sodium carbonate, carboxy methyl
cellulose, phosphates, etc.

Capital Costs - Financial charges which are computed as the
control.  The cost of capital is based upon a weighted aver-
age of the separate costs of debt and equity.

Caustic - Sodium hydroxide, caustic soda.

Changes - Those separate and identifiable steps taken in the
manufacture of kettle boiling soap.

Chemical Oxidation - Oxidation of organic substances without
benefit of living organisms.  Examples are by thermal combus-
tion or by oxidizing agents such as chlorine.

Clay^ - Alumino silicate minerals.

Closed,Soap - That single phase of soap and water having a
creamy consistency while in the hot, agitated state.

COD - Chemical Oxygen Demand.  An indirect measure of the
biochemical load exerted on the oxygen assets of a body of
water when organic wastes are introduced into the water.

Cold^Frame Soag - A type of soap produced by solidification
by cooling and slicing into bars.

Condensate - The product resulting from a vapor condensing.

Cooling Water Slowdown - Whenever cooling water is reused
and run over atmospheric contactors  (in turn cooled by am-
bient air) there is a buildup of contaminants.  Periodically
it is necessary to dilute them or treat the cooling water to
"blow down" or rid the system of the concentrated contaminants.
                                185

-------
Crutcher - A cylindrical vessel of 681 - 2270 kg  (1500 -
5000 Ib) capacity in which soap or synthetic surfactants
are mixed with builders prior to drying.  It is often steam
jacketed.

Per.aerator - A piece of equipment for removing air dissolved
or suspended in a fluid.

Detergent - Technically, any cleaning agent, including ordi-
nary soap, the new "synthetic" granules and liquids, many
alkaline materials, solvent, or even sand when used for
scrubbing, whether used in the home or in industry.  In
popular speech, the term "detergent" is generally applied
to packaged cleaning products based on a surface active
ingredient such as ABS or LAS.  Its cleaning power is re-
tained in hard water, contrary tc the performance of soap.

Dissolved Oxygen - The oxygen dissolved in sewage, water,
or other liquid, usually expressed as milligrams per liter
or as per cent of saturation.

Effluent - The outflow of a sewer; a waste waterstream from
a manufacturing process or plant.

Evaporator - A unit in which liquids are converted to gas.

Fat - Glycerol esters of long chain fatty acids of animal
or vegetable origin.

Fat Refining - Purification of fats by treatment with clay,
caustic, etc.

Fat Splitting - Various processes for hydrolysis of fatty
triglycerides to fatty acids and glycerine.

Fatty Acid - Naturally occurring straight chain carboxylic
acids which usually occur as triglyceride esters  (fats).

Fatty__0il - Triglycerides which are liquid at room temperature.

Fitting Change - Also called pitching or finishing change,
is the final step in soap making in which clear water is
mixed with the soap to separate the neat soap from the
nigre.

Foots - The residue of refining fats or oils which contain
color bodies, insolubles, suspended matter, etc.

Full Boil Process - Soap making where the neat soap is com-
pleted in the kettle and the by-product glycerine drawn off.
                               186

-------
Heels - The residue remaining from any processing unit
after drawing.

Killing Change - The first step in soap manufacture where
fresh fat is brought into contact with a lye solution.
The start of the saponification process.

LAS - A new surfactant in which a straight chain hydro-
carbon has been joined to the benzene ring.  It has a high
rate of biodegradability.

t2w_Grade_Fatty__Acids - These are contaminated fatty acids
derived from recovery of scrap, acidification of nigre, and
contaminated fatty acid raw materials.

Mazzoni Process - A proprietary process for manufacture of
soap.

mg/1 - Milligrams per liter.

Neat Soap - An intermediate, completely saponified and puri-
fied soap containing about 20 - 30 percent water, ready for final
formulation into finished product.
                 building, structure, facility or installa-
tion from which there is or may be a discharge of pollutants
and whose construction is commenced after the publication of
the guidelines.

Nigre - The bottom layer which separates out in the last wash-
ing step of kettle boiling soap which contains the impurities
leading to poor color, odor, etc.  Often contains 20 - 25 percent of
the kettle contents at that stage of the soap making and
possesses a soap content of 30 - UO percent.  The nigre can be
concentrated and salted out to yield a low grade colored
soap for sale.

No Discharge of Pollutants - No net increase  (or detectable
gross concentration if the situation dictates) of any para-
meter designated as a pollutant to the accuracy that can be
determined from the designated analytical methods.

Oil - Fats found in liquid form at room temperature. Gly-
cerol esters of long chain fatty acids.

Oleum - A solution of SO3_ in sulfuric acid.

Operations and_Maintenance costs - These required to operate
and maintain pollution abatement equipment.  They include
labor, material, insurance, taxes, solid waste disposal, etc.
                                187

-------
2H - a measure of the relative acidity or alkalinity of
water.  A pH of 7.0 indicates a neutral condition.  A
greater pH indicates alkalinity and a lower pH indicates
acidity.  A one unit change in pH indicates a tenfold change
in acidity and alkalinity.

Phenol - Class of cyclic organic derivatives with the basic
formula C6H5OH.

Plodder - A powerful homogenizer which resembles a sausage
grinder in design; used for the final processing of bar
soap wherein the occluded air is removed  (under partial
vacuum) and the individual soap particles melded into one
continuous homogenous whole prior to being cut up into bar
stock.

Pollutipn - The presence in a body of water (or soil or air)
of substances of such character and in such quantities that
the natural quality of the body of water  (or soil or air)  is
degraded to a point where the water is rendered useless or
offensive to the senses of sight, taste or smell.  Contami-
nation may accompany pollution.  In general, a public health
hazard is created, but in some cases only economy or esthetics
are involved as when waste salt brines contaminate surface
waters or when foul odors pollute the air.
E£§i£§§t2}SHt ~ Treatment provided prior to discharge to a
publicly owned treatment works.

Process, Water - In the manufacture of soap and detergent,
all waters that come into direct contact with the raw mater-
ials, intermediate products, final products or contaminated
waters or air.

Refractor y BQD5- Organic substances which are slowly or
incompletely degraded by microorganisms.

Saponif ication - The hydrolysis of an ester into its
corresponding alcohol and soap.

Secondary, Treatment - Biological treatment provided beyond
primary clarification, usually aerobic activated sludge,
trickling filters or lagoon systems.

Semi2.boil_Proc_es_§ ~ That soap making process wherein the
exact (stoichiometric)  amount of caustic is added to fat
for saponif ication, and the soap is then run off into frames
or further processed without the benefit of removal of by-
product glycerine.
                               188

-------
Sewage - Water after it has been fculed by various uses.
From the standpoint of source it may be a combination of
the liquid or water-carried wastes from residences, office
buildings and institutions together with those from indus-
trial and agricultural establishments, and with such ground-
water, surface water and storm water as may be present.

Sewer r Lyes - Waste sodium hydroxide from reclaiming of scrap
soap.

Silicates - A chemical compound containing silicon, oxygen,
and one or more metals.  In soaps and detergents, sodium
silicates are added to provide alkalinity and corrosion
protection.

§°§£_Boiling ~ Tne process of heating a mixture of fats/oils
with caustic solution until the fatty ester is split and
the alkaline metal salt formed, glycerine being released in
the process.  The step where saponif ication takes place.

Soda_Ash - Sodium carbonate.

SjDra^_Dry.ing_Tower - A large vessel in which solids in
solution or suspension are dried by falling through hot gas.
            ~ An additive which gives physical and/or
chemical stability to a formulation.

Still - A distillation apparatus.

Strong_change - That step in the soap making process where
virgin, strong lye is added to the already saponified fat
to finally complete saponif ication of remnants of fat.

Surface-waters - Navigable waters; the waters of the U.S.
including the territorial seas.

Sweet Water - By-product aqueous glycerine from soap manu-
facture.

Synthetic^ Detergent - Chemically tailored cleaning agents
soluble in water or other solvents.  Originally developed
as soap substitutes.  Because they do not form insoluble
precipitates, they are especially valuable in hard water.
They are generally combinations of surface active agents
and complex phosphates to enhance deter gen cy.

TDS - Total dissolved solids.
                               189

-------
                                   TABLE

                                METRIC UNITS

                              CONVERSION TABLE
MULTIPLY (ENGLISH UNITS)           .by            TO OBTAIN (METRIC UNITS)

   ENGLISH UNIT      ABBREVIATION   CONVERSION  ABBREVIATION  METRIC UNIT
                           ft
acre                    ac
acre - feet             ac
British Thermal
 . Unit                  BTU
British Thermal         BTU/lb
  Unit/pound
cubic feet/minute       cfm
cubic feet/second       cfs
cubic feet              cu ft
cubic feet              cu ft
cubic inches            cu in
degree Fahrenheit       °F
feet .                   ft
gallon                  gal
gallon/minute           gpm
horsepower              hp
inches                  in
inches of mercury       in Hg
pounds                  Ib
million gallons/day     mgd
mile                    mi
pound/square inch       psig
  (gauge)
square feet             sq ft
square inches           sq in
tons (short)            ton

yard                    yd
0.405
1233.5
0.252
0.555
0.028
1.7
0.028
28.32
16.39
0.555(°F-32)*
0.3048
3.785
0.0631
0.7457
2.54
0.03342
0.454
3,785
1.609
ha
cu m
kg cal
kg cal/kg
cu m/min
cu m/min
cu m
1
cu cm
°C
m
1
I/sec
kw
cm
atm
kg
cu m/day
kra
                                  (0.06805 psig +l)*atm
                                     0.0929
                                     6.452
                                     0.907

                                     0.9144
sq m
sq cm
kkg

m
hectares
cubic meters

kilogram-calories
kilogram calories^
 kilogram
cubic meters/minute
cubic meters/ir.inntc
cubic meters
liters
cubic centimeters
degree Centigrade
meters
liters
liters/second
killowatts
centimeters
atmospheres
kilograms
cubic meters/day
kilometer
atmospheres
 (absolute)
square meters
square centimeters
metric tons
 (1000 kilograms)
meters
* Actual conversion, not a multiplier
                                    190

-------